{"title":"Seachem","description":null,"products":[{"product_id":"seachem-tidal-110-hangon-filter-415l","title":"Seachem Tidal 110 Hangon Filter 415L","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCrystal-clear water for big tanks, without canister-filter hassle.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Seachem Tidal 110 is the largest of the Tidal range — a self-priming hang-on-back aquarium filter rated for tanks up to 400 litres, turning over up to 2000 litres per hour on just 10 watts. Designed by Seachem and built by Italian pump specialists Sicce, it suits both freshwater and saltwater aquariums.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelf-priming pump\u003c\/strong\u003e — no filling, siphon-starting or babysitting at startup or after a power cut\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBottom-to-top flow\u003c\/strong\u003e — water is pushed up through the media basket so it must pass through all your media, not around it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo proprietary cartridges\u003c\/strong\u003e — a 3.2 L basket takes any media in any configuration, with Seachem Matrix bio-media included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSurface skimmer and telescoping intake\u003c\/strong\u003e — skims oily film from the surface while the adjustable intake draws from any depth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual flow control\u003c\/strong\u003e — a front dial adjusts pump output, a side dial balances skimming against sub-surface intake\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaintenance alert\u003c\/strong\u003e — clogged media redirects water and pops up a blue indicator, with built-in overflow prevention\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrip-free cleaning\u003c\/strong\u003e — the basket lifts out and snaps into the lid for the trip to the sink\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelf-cleaning corrosion-resistant impeller\u003c\/strong\u003e — safe in marine and freshwater\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLevelling dial and heater holder\u003c\/strong\u003e — sits square on different tank styles and mounts a heater in the outflow for even heat dispersal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAquarium size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 400 L (110 US gal)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlow rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2000 L\/h (450 US GPH)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 W at 240 V \/ 50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEstimated running cost\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~88 kWh\/yr · ~$26\/yr\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedia basket volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.2 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnit size (L×W×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e29.5 × 19.2 × 24.2 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedia chamber (L×W×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27.9 × 8.9 × 20 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWall clearance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTank trim clearance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal tank clearance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and marine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eRunning cost assumes continuous operation at 30c per kWh. At roughly $26 a year, the Tidal 110 costs about half a cent a day to run.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThree measurements decide it, and they catch people out more often than the flow rate does.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e9.5 cm behind the tank\u003c\/strong\u003e — the filter hangs off the back and needs that gap to the wall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3.5 cm of clear rim\u003c\/strong\u003e — braced or heavily trimmed tanks may need a section of hood trim removed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5 cm inside the tank\u003c\/strong\u003e — for the intake and the return\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich Tidal do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRated tank\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFlow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMedia basket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTidal 35\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 130 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.7 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTidal 55\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 200 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000 L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.2 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTidal 75\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 300 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1500 L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.9 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTidal 110\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUp to 400 L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2000 L\/h\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e10 W\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3.2 L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eRated volumes assume moderate stocking. Heavily stocked tanks, messy eaters and large cichlids all warrant sizing up a model.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e freshwater and marine aquariums up to 400 L · community, cichlid and planted tanks · anyone who wants canister-level media capacity without the plumbing · tanks with 9.5 cm of clearance behind them.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e rimless tanks with no usable rim · tanks pushed flush against a wall · sumped systems, where a return pump is the better answer · very small tanks, where 2000 L\/h will blow the stock around.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIn the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTidal 110 filter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeater holder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTelescoping intake pipe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLevelling dial\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFoam filter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeachem Matrix bio-media\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse the foam in tank water, never tap water — chlorine kills the bacteria colony you are trying to keep\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMatrix bio-media does not need replacing; a gentle rinse in tank water is all it wants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean the impeller well every few months, more often in hard water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhen the blue maintenance indicator pops up, the media is clogging and water is bypassing it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeachem Matrix\u003c\/strong\u003e — more bio-media for the 3.2 L basket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeachem Prime\u003c\/strong\u003e — the conditioner that protects the bacteria this filter houses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeachem Tidal Replacement Impeller\u003c\/strong\u003e — the first thing to replace if it ever goes noisy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThree years against defects in materials and workmanship, impeller excluded, extendable to five years by registering the filter with Seachem. This is in addition to your rights under the Australian Consumer Law, which cannot be excluded.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e240 V \/ 50 Hz with a standard Australian plug. Ships as a standard parcel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes the Seachem Tidal 110 need priming?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is self-priming, so it starts itself without filling the basket or starting a siphon, and it restarts on its own after a power cut.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow much clearance do I need behind the tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003e9.5 cm to the wall, plus 3.5 cm of clear rim for it to hang on. Measure both before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use it on a marine tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The impeller is corrosion-resistant and the filter is rated for freshwater and marine.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I have to buy Seachem cartridges for it?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, and that is one of the main reasons to choose it. The 3.2 L basket takes any media in any configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat does it cost to run?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eAbout $26 a year at 10 W continuous and 30c per kWh — roughly half a cent a day.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773850669347,"sku":"725213-6531","price":300.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/6502-tidal_110_box-scaled-scaled.png?v=1782710308"},{"product_id":"seachem-tidal-replacement-pump","title":"Seachem Tidal Replacement Pump","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe part that brings a dead or gutless Tidal back to life.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Seachem Tidal Replacement Pump is the complete in-tank motor unit for the Tidal hang-on-back filter range, built for Seachem by Italian pump specialists Sicce. It is stocked here in all four sizes, so a Tidal 35, 55, 75 or 110 owner can all buy the right part from this page. Choose the variant that matches the number printed on the front of your filter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich pump do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach pump is specific to one filter model. Match the number on your filter, not the size of your tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVariant\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFlow it restores\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower draw\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeachem Tidal 35\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeachem Tidal 55\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000 L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeachem Tidal 75\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1500 L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeachem Tidal 110\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2000 L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll four run on 240 V \/ 50 Hz Australian mains and are rated for freshwater and marine tanks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete motor unit\u003c\/strong\u003e - the whole in-tank pump body, so there is nothing to dismantle and match up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelf-priming\u003c\/strong\u003e - the filter starts itself again without filling the basket, including after a blackout\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCorrosion-resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e - rated for marine as well as freshwater aquariums\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTool-free swap\u003c\/strong\u003e - the pump releases from the filter body by hand in a couple of minutes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePump or impeller?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA Tidal that has lost flow is usually telling you one of three things, and working through them in order saves money.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClogged media or a dirty impeller well\u003c\/strong\u003e - free to fix, so rinse the foam and clean the chamber first\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA worn impeller\u003c\/strong\u003e - the cheaper part, and the usual cause of rattling on a filter that still moves water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA failed motor\u003c\/strong\u003e - this pump. The symptom is a filter that hums without moving water, or will not start at all after a clean\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeachem Tidal Replacement Impeller\u003c\/strong\u003e - the cheaper wear part, in the same four sizes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeachem Matrix\u003c\/strong\u003e - refill the basket while the filter is apart\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeachem Prime\u003c\/strong\u003e - protects the bacteria colony while the filter is offline for the swap\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeachem covers the Tidal filter itself for three years against defects in materials and workmanship, with the impeller excluded as a wear item. Any warranty on this part is in addition to your rights under the Australian Consumer Law, which cannot be excluded. Ships as a standard parcel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the Seachem Tidal Replacement Pump fit every Tidal filter?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBetween them these four variants cover the whole range - Tidal 35, 55, 75 and 110 - but each individual pump fits one model only. Order the variant matching the number on your filter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the replacement pump come with an impeller?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — it's supplied as a complete motor unit with the impeller already fitted, not sold bare. If you only need the wear part rather than the whole motor, the separate Seachem Tidal Replacement Impeller is the cheaper option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eShould I replace the pump or just the impeller?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the filter still moves water but rattles, try the impeller first. If the filter hums without moving water, or will not start after a clean, the pump is the answer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs it safe in a saltwater tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The pump is corrosion-resistant and rated by Seachem for both freshwater and marine aquariums.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"35","offer_id":55335432323363,"sku":"725214-6598","price":84.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"55","offer_id":54773850931491,"sku":"725215-6553","price":88.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"75","offer_id":55335432356131,"sku":"725216-6554","price":122.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"110","offer_id":55335432388899,"sku":"725217-6555","price":126.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/6519-pump-55-scaled.png?v=1782710309"},{"product_id":"seachem-tidal-55-hangon-filter-208l","title":"Seachem Tidal 55 Hangon Filter 208L","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA thousand litres an hour on the power of a night light.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Seachem Tidal 55 is the middle of the Tidal range and the one most four-foot tanks end up with, rated for aquariums to 200 litres and turning over 1000 litres per hour on 5 watts. It is also the smallest Tidal to get the telescoping intake, the heater holder and the second flow dial, which is what separates it from the Tidal 35 below it. Designed by Seachem, built by Italian pump specialists Sicce, and rated for freshwater and marine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual flow control\u003c\/strong\u003e - the front dial sets pump output while a side dial balances surface skimming against sub-surface intake, so you can chase a film off the top without stirring up the substrate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTelescoping intake\u003c\/strong\u003e - adjusts to draw from any depth without buying extension pipes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeater holder\u003c\/strong\u003e - mounts a heater in the outflow so warmed water is pushed straight into the tank instead of pooling in one corner\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.2 L media basket, no cartridges\u003c\/strong\u003e - fill it however you like; 250 mL of Seachem Matrix is included to start the colony\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBottom-to-top flow\u003c\/strong\u003e - water is forced up through the media rather than slipping past it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelf-priming pump\u003c\/strong\u003e - no siphon to start, and it recovers on its own after a blackout\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlue maintenance alert\u003c\/strong\u003e - lifts when clogged media starts bypassing, with overflow protection behind it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrip-free cleaning\u003c\/strong\u003e - the basket lifts out and clips into the lid for the walk to the sink\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAquarium size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 200 L (55 US gal)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlow rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000 L\/h (250 US GPH), adjustable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 W at 240 V \/ 50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEstimated running cost\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 44 kWh a year, roughly $13 a year\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedia basket volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.2 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMatrix supplied\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnit size (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20.5 x 15.5 x 21.4 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWall clearance needed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTank trim clearance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.6 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal tank clearance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.3 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and marine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRunning cost assumes continuous operation at 30c per kWh. The Tidal 55 draws the same 5 W as the Tidal 35 while moving twice the water, which makes it the efficiency sweet spot of the range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e7.5 cm behind the tank\u003c\/strong\u003e - measure to the wall, not to the skirting board\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2.6 cm of clear rim\u003c\/strong\u003e - braced tanks and fitted hoods may need a section of trim cut away\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4.3 cm inside the tank\u003c\/strong\u003e - for the intake and the return\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA standard 120 x 38 x 45 cm four-foot tank holds roughly 200 litres, which puts it right at the Tidal 55's ceiling. Lightly stocked, that is fine. Stocked with cichlids or goldfish, step up to the Tidal 75.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich Tidal do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRated tank\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFlow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMedia basket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWall clearance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTidal 35\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 130 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.7 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTidal 55\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 200 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000 L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.2 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTidal 75\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 300 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1500 L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.9 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTidal 110\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 400 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2000 L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.2 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRated volumes assume moderate stocking. Heavily stocked tanks, messy eaters and large cichlids all warrant sizing up one model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e freshwater and marine aquariums from roughly 100 to 200 L; four-foot community and planted tanks; marine fish-only setups; anyone who wants a heater out of sight in the filter outflow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e rimless tanks with no usable lip; tanks hard against a wall; heavily stocked 200 L tanks, which want the Tidal 75; shrimp-only tanks where even the reduced flow may be brisk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIn the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTidal 55 filter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeater holder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTelescoping intake pipe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLevelling dial\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoarse foam filter pad\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e250 mL Seachem Matrix bio-media\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNot included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA heater - the holder is supplied, the heater is not\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChemical media such as carbon or phosphate remover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdditional Matrix beyond the 250 mL supplied, which does not fill the 1.2 L basket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse the foam in tank water only - chlorine from the tap kills the bacteria you are trying to keep\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMatrix does not exhaust and never needs replacing; rinse it gently in tank water and put it back\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean the impeller and its well every few months, sooner in hard water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf the blue indicator lifts, the media is clogging and water is going around it rather than through it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSupplied for 240 V \/ 50 Hz Australian mains with a standard plug. Run the cord as a drip loop below the powerpoint and switch off at the wall before opening the filter or putting your hands in the tank. Never run the pump dry. If you fit a heater to the holder, make sure it stays fully submerged at your lowest water level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeachem Matrix\u003c\/strong\u003e - the 250 mL supplied does not fill a 1.2 L basket, so a top-up is worth having\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeachem MatrixCarbon\u003c\/strong\u003e - chemical stage for the same basket when you need to strip tannins or medication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeachem Prime\u003c\/strong\u003e - conditions the water you replace and protects the colony this filter houses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeachem Tidal Replacement Impeller\u003c\/strong\u003e - size 55, the first part to change if it goes noisy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThree years against defects in materials and workmanship, impeller excluded, extendable to five years by registering the filter with Seachem. This is in addition to your rights under the Australian Consumer Law, which cannot be excluded.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e240 V \/ 50 Hz with a standard Australian plug. Ships as a standard parcel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill the Seachem Tidal 55 handle a four-foot tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA typical four-foot tank is about 200 litres, which is the Tidal 55's rated ceiling. It suits a lightly to moderately stocked one. For cichlids, goldfish or a crowded community, the Tidal 75 is the safer choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat does the second dial on the Tidal 55 do?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt balances how much water comes from the surface skimmer against how much comes from the sub-surface intake. Turn it toward the skimmer to clear an oily film, back the other way to leave the surface undisturbed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I put my heater inside the filter?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tidal 55 includes a heater holder that mounts a heater in the outflow, so heated water is driven into the tank rather than sitting in one corner. The heater itself is not supplied.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow much Matrix comes with the Tidal 55?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e250 mL, which is enough to seed the filter but does not fill the 1.2 L basket. Most people top it up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow is it only 5 W when it moves 1000 L\/h?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe pump is a Sicce design, and it draws the same 5 W as the smaller Tidal 35 while moving twice the water. Continuous running works out around $13 a year at 30c per kWh.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773851029795,"sku":"725211-6528","price":202.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/6500-tidal_55_box-scaled.png?v=1782710310"},{"product_id":"seachem-tidal-35-hangon-filter-135l","title":"Seachem Tidal 35 Hangon Filter 135L","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCanister-style media capacity on a tank that has no room for a canister.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Seachem Tidal 35 is the smallest hang-on-back filter in the Tidal range, rated for aquariums up to 130 litres and moving 500 litres per hour on 5 watts. Designed by Seachem and built by Italian pump specialists Sicce, it runs on freshwater and marine tanks alike. It is the model for a 60 to 130 litre community, shrimp or planted tank where a canister would be overkill and a cartridge filter would be a nuisance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelf-priming pump\u003c\/strong\u003e - no filling the basket, no starting a siphon, and it picks itself back up after a blackout\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBottom-to-top flow\u003c\/strong\u003e - water is pushed up through the basket, so it passes through your media rather than sliding past it as it does in back-to-front designs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo proprietary cartridges\u003c\/strong\u003e - the 0.7 L basket takes whatever media you choose, and Seachem Matrix bio-media comes in the box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSurface skimmer and sub-surface intake\u003c\/strong\u003e - lifts the oily film off the top while still pulling debris from lower down\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable flow dial\u003c\/strong\u003e - turn it down for shrimp, bettas or fry that dislike current\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlue maintenance alert\u003c\/strong\u003e - pops up when clogged media starts bypassing, so you clean on evidence rather than guesswork\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrip-free cleaning\u003c\/strong\u003e - the basket lifts out and clips into the lid to carry to the sink\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelf-cleaning corrosion-resistant impeller\u003c\/strong\u003e - marine-safe, and the only wear part in the filter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAquarium size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 130 L (35 US gal)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlow rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 L\/h (130 US GPH), adjustable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 W at 240 V \/ 50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEstimated running cost\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 44 kWh a year, roughly $13 a year\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedia basket volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.7 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnit size (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.5 x 13 x 18 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWall clearance needed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTank trim clearance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.6 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal tank clearance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and marine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRunning cost assumes the filter runs continuously at 30c per kWh. At about $13 a year, the Tidal 35 costs under 4 cents a day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThree measurements decide it, and on a small tank the rim is the one that catches people out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e7 cm behind the tank\u003c\/strong\u003e - the filter hangs off the back and needs that gap to the wall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2.6 cm of clear rim\u003c\/strong\u003e - heavily braced nano tanks and some hoods will need a section of trim removed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3.5 cm inside the tank\u003c\/strong\u003e - for the intake and return\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 60 x 30 x 36 cm tank of about 65 litres and a 90 x 30 x 38 cm tank of about 100 litres both sit comfortably inside the Tidal 35's range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich Tidal do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRated tank\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFlow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMedia basket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWall clearance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTidal 35\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 130 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.7 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTidal 55\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 200 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000 L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.2 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTidal 75\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 300 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1500 L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.9 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTidal 110\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 400 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2000 L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.2 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRated volumes assume moderate stocking. Heavily stocked tanks, messy eaters and large cichlids all warrant sizing up one model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e freshwater and marine aquariums from roughly 40 to 130 L; community, shrimp, betta and planted tanks; anyone who wants to choose their own media instead of buying cartridges; tanks with 7 cm of space behind them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e rimless tanks with no usable lip; tanks pushed flush against a wall; heavily stocked cichlid or goldfish tanks of this size, which want the Tidal 55; tanks over 130 L.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIn the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTidal 35 filter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoarse foam filter pad\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeachem Matrix bio-media\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLevelling dial\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNot included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeater and heater holder - the heater holder is fitted to the Tidal 55 and up, not the 35\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTelescoping intake pipe, which is a feature of the larger models\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdditional or specialist media beyond the Matrix supplied\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse the foam in tank water, never tap water - chlorine kills the bacteria colony you are trying to protect\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMatrix does not exhaust and never needs replacing; a gentle rinse in tank water is all it wants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean the impeller well every few months, more often in hard water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhen the blue maintenance indicator lifts, media is clogging and water is bypassing it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSupplied for 240 V \/ 50 Hz Australian mains with a standard plug. Run the cord as a drip loop below the powerpoint, and switch off at the wall before putting your hands in the tank or opening the filter. Never run the pump dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeachem Matrix\u003c\/strong\u003e - more bio-media to fill the 0.7 L basket properly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeachem Prime\u003c\/strong\u003e - the conditioner that protects the bacteria this filter houses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeachem Tidal Replacement Impeller\u003c\/strong\u003e - size 35, the first thing to change if it ever goes noisy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeachem Tidal Replacement Pump\u003c\/strong\u003e - size 35, for the day the motor gives up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThree years against defects in materials and workmanship, impeller excluded, extendable to five years by registering the filter with Seachem. This is in addition to your rights under the Australian Consumer Law, which cannot be excluded.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e240 V \/ 50 Hz with a standard Australian plug. Ships as a standard parcel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat size tank does the Seachem Tidal 35 suit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquariums up to 130 litres at moderate stocking. A heavily stocked tank at the top of that range is better served by the Tidal 55.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs 500 L\/h too strong for shrimp or a betta?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot if you turn it down. The front dial reduces pump output, and the intake can be positioned to soften the return further.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the Tidal 35 need priming?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is self-priming, so it starts without filling the basket or drawing a siphon, and restarts on its own after a power cut.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I have to buy Seachem cartridges for it?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, and that is one of the better reasons to choose it. The 0.7 L basket takes any media in any combination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the Tidal 35 come with a heater holder?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The heater holder and telescoping intake are fitted to the Tidal 55, 75 and 110 rather than the 35.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773851062563,"sku":"725210-6591","price":155.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/6581-tidal_35_box-scaled.png?v=1782710311"},{"product_id":"seachem-tidal-75-hangon-filter-285l","title":"Seachem Tidal 75 Hangon Filter 285L","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Tidal that stops being a filter and starts being a canister.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Seachem Tidal 75 is rated for aquariums up to 300 litres, moves 1500 litres per hour on 7 watts, and carries a 1.9 litre media basket - nearly three times the volume of the Tidal 35. That basket is the reason to choose it. It is the model for tanks whose stock makes a mess faster than water volume alone suggests: goldfish, larger cichlids, big plecos and turtles. Designed by Seachem, built by Sicce, rated for freshwater and marine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.9 L media basket\u003c\/strong\u003e - enough room to run mechanical, biological and chemical stages at once instead of choosing two of the three\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1500 L\/h through the media, not past it\u003c\/strong\u003e - the bottom-to-top path forces every litre through the basket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual flow control\u003c\/strong\u003e - front dial for output, side dial to balance surface skimming against sub-surface intake\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTelescoping intake and heater holder\u003c\/strong\u003e - draw from any depth, and keep the heater out of the display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelf-priming pump\u003c\/strong\u003e - restarts itself after a blackout or a water change with no siphon to coax\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlue maintenance alert with overflow protection\u003c\/strong\u003e - on a heavy waste load, media clogs faster, so being told about it matters more here than on the small models\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e350 mL of Seachem Matrix included\u003c\/strong\u003e - a starting charge for the basket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelf-cleaning corrosion-resistant impeller\u003c\/strong\u003e - marine-safe and the only wear part\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAquarium size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 300 L (75 US gal)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlow rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1500 L\/h (350 US GPH), adjustable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 W at 240 V \/ 50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEstimated running cost\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 61 kWh a year, roughly $18 a year\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedia basket volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.9 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMatrix supplied\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e350 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnit size (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23.4 x 17.8 x 24.2 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWall clearance needed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTank trim clearance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.3 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal tank clearance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.3 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and marine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRunning cost assumes continuous operation at 30c per kWh - about 5 cents a day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rim requirement is the one that changes at this size. The Tidal 75 needs 3.3 cm of clear trim against the 2.6 cm of the 35 and 55, and that extra 7 mm rules out some braced tanks that would take a smaller Tidal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e8.5 cm behind the tank\u003c\/strong\u003e - to the wall, measured from the back glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3.3 cm of clear rim\u003c\/strong\u003e - check this before anything else on a braced or hooded tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4.3 cm inside the tank\u003c\/strong\u003e - for the intake and return\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA five-foot 150 x 45 x 45 cm tank holds roughly 300 litres and sits at the top of the Tidal 75's range. A heavily stocked four-foot tank of 200 litres is a better use of it than a lightly stocked five-foot one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich Tidal do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRated tank\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFlow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMedia basket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWall clearance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTidal 35\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 130 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.7 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTidal 55\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 200 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000 L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.2 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTidal 75\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 300 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1500 L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.9 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTidal 110\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 400 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2000 L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.2 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRated volumes assume moderate stocking. Heavily stocked tanks, messy eaters and large cichlids all warrant sizing up one model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e freshwater and marine aquariums from roughly 180 to 300 L; goldfish, cichlid, pleco and turtle setups where waste output runs ahead of tank volume; anyone wanting three media stages in one basket.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e tanks with less than 3.3 cm of clear rim; rimless tanks; tanks pushed flush to a wall; quiet nano and shrimp tanks, where 1500 L\/h is far more current than the stock wants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIn the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTidal 75 filter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeater holder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTelescoping intake pipe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLevelling dial\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoarse foam filter pad\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e350 mL Seachem Matrix bio-media\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNot included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA heater - the holder is supplied, the heater is not\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChemical media such as carbon or phosphate remover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdditional Matrix beyond the 350 mL supplied, which fills under a fifth of the 1.9 L basket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOn a heavy waste load, expect to rinse the foam more often than the manual's general advice suggests - watch the blue indicator rather than the calendar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse foam and Matrix in tank water only; tap water will kill the colony\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMatrix does not exhaust and never needs replacing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean the impeller and its well every few months, sooner in hard water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSupplied for 240 V \/ 50 Hz Australian mains with a standard plug. Run the cord as a drip loop below the powerpoint and switch off at the wall before opening the filter. Never run the pump dry. A heater fitted to the holder must stay fully submerged at your lowest water level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeachem Matrix\u003c\/strong\u003e - the 350 mL supplied barely starts a 1.9 L basket, so a litre is the sensible companion buy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeachem MatrixCarbon\u003c\/strong\u003e - the chemical stage the big basket has room for\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeachem Purigen\u003c\/strong\u003e - polishes water on heavily stocked tanks where organics build fast\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeachem Tidal Replacement Impeller\u003c\/strong\u003e - size 75, the first part to change if it goes noisy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThree years against defects in materials and workmanship, impeller excluded, extendable to five years by registering the filter with Seachem. This is in addition to your rights under the Australian Consumer Law, which cannot be excluded.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e240 V \/ 50 Hz with a standard Australian plug. Ships as a standard parcel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs the Seachem Tidal 75 enough for goldfish or cichlids?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a tank up to about 300 litres, yes - and it is the size to pick for that stock. Goldfish and large cichlids produce waste out of proportion to tank volume, which is what the 1.9 L basket is for. Above 300 litres, move to the Tidal 110.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhy does the Tidal 75 need more rim clearance than the 55?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe body is larger, so it needs 3.3 cm of clear trim rather than 2.6 cm. On braced or hooded tanks that difference decides it, so measure the rim before the tank volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWould two Tidal 55s be better than one Tidal 75?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo 55s give more total flow and redundancy, but also two rim cut-outs, two lots of maintenance and 10 W instead of 7 W. On one tank, the 75's single 1.9 L basket is simpler and cheaper to run.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use it on a marine tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The impeller is corrosion-resistant and Seachem rates the filter for freshwater and marine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat does the Tidal 75 cost to run?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbout 61 kWh a year, or roughly $18 at 30c per kWh - around 5 cents a day for continuous running.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773851357475,"sku":"725212-6529","price":250.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/6501-tidal_75_box-scaled.png?v=1782710312"},{"product_id":"seachem-ammonia-alert-1-year","title":"Seachem Ammonia Alert (1 Year)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToxic ammonia visible on the glass before a single fish shows stress.\u003c\/strong\u003e Seachem Ammonia Alert is a small in-tank sensor that monitors free ammonia continuously — no test kits, no reagents, no water samples, no procedure. The sensor disc changes colour reversibly from yellow through green to blue as free ammonia rises, and it detects concentrations below 0.05 mg\/L (ppm). One unit lasts over a year in freshwater or marine, and it is small enough to sit in a display tank without becoming part of the scenery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow to read it\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFree ammonia\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafe\u003c\/strong\u003e (yellow)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBelow 0.02 mg\/L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo action needed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlert\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.05 mg\/L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTolerated 3–5 days — monitor and plan a water change\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlarm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.2 mg\/L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTolerated 1–3 days — water change soon\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eToxic\u003c\/strong\u003e (blue)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.5 mg\/L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eImmediate water change, or dose \u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-amguard\"\u003eSeachem AmGuard\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eResponse to rising ammonia takes about 15 minutes. Coming back down is slower — roughly four hours from Toxic to Safe once the ammonia has actually gone.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat the colour means in test-kit terms\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 0.02 mg\/L free ammonia — the top of the Safe band — the equivalent \u003cem\u003etotal\u003c\/em\u003e ammonia reading is roughly 0.25 mg\/L in marine water at pH 8.3, or 3.6 mg\/L in freshwater at pH 7.0.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThose two numbers differ that much because pH decides how much of the total sits in the free, dangerous form. It is the single most useful thing to understand about ammonia in an aquarium.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy it may disagree with your test kit\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eLiquid test kits usually measure \u003cem\u003etotal\u003c\/em\u003e ammonia — both the free (NH3) and ionised (NH4+) forms. Ammonia Alert responds only to free ammonia, which is the form that actually harms fish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBelow pH 7.0 virtually all ammonia exists as harmless ammonium, so the sensor can correctly stay yellow while a total-ammonia kit shows a reading. It also will not react to ammonia already detoxified by a conditioner such as Prime or AmGuard, because bound ammonia is no longer dangerous. That is the sensor working, not failing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous free-ammonia sensor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasures\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFree ammonia (NH3) only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetection limit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBelow 0.05 mg\/L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBands\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafe, Alert, Alarm, Toxic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eResponse, rising\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 15 minutes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eResponse, falling\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 4 hours, Toxic to Safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eService life\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOver 1 year of continuous use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReagents or samples\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone — reads in the tank\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and marine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAcidic pH\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA dry sensor can look greenish out of the packet and may take a few days to equilibrate once submerged\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe algae off with a clean soft cloth only — never bleach, soap, detergent or anything abrasive\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not touch the sensor surface; skin oils clog it. Some dye-based medications may discolour it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSensitivity improves with age as long as it is kept wet — store it in a little RO water between uses rather than dry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRead it under natural or daylight-spectrum lighting; strongly blue or pink tank lighting will fight you\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuick function check: hold the card over an open bottle of ammonia-based household cleaner and it should turn blue rapidly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e freshwater and marine display tanks · tanks part way through cycling · quarantine and hospital tanks · anyone who will not test daily but wants to know when something has gone wrong · a second opinion when a liquid kit reads high after dosing a conditioner.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e acidic tanks, where Seachem does not recommend it · measuring total ammonia, which it does not do · producing an exact figure when a number is what you need — \u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-multitest-ammonia-75-tests\"\u003eSeachem MultiTest: Ammonia\u003c\/a\u003e is that tool · substituting for cycling a new tank properly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-amguard\"\u003eSeachem AmGuard\u003c\/a\u003e — the emergency response when the sensor reads Alarm or Toxic, with a dosing table written around these exact bands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-ph-alert-6-month\"\u003eSeachem pH Alert\u003c\/a\u003e — the same idea for pH, and pH is what decides how much of your ammonia is in the dangerous form\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-alerts-combo-pack\"\u003eSeachem Alerts Combo Pack\u003c\/a\u003e — the ammonia and pH sensors together\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-multitest-ammonia-75-tests\"\u003eSeachem MultiTest: Ammonia\u003c\/a\u003e — for when you need a figure rather than a band\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-prime\"\u003eSeachem Prime\u003c\/a\u003e — the routine conditioner that detoxifies ammonia at water changes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-stability\"\u003eSeachem Stability\u003c\/a\u003e — builds the biofilter that stops the sensor changing colour at all\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/seachem\"\u003eThe full Seachem range\u003c\/a\u003e — water care, media and test kits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRated by Seachem for over a year of continuous use; there is no separate warranty term published for a consumable sensor. Your rights under the Australian Consumer Law apply regardless and cannot be excluded. Ships as a standard parcel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow long does Seachem Ammonia Alert last?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eOver a year of continuous use in the tank. Sensitivity actually improves with age provided the sensor stays wet, so store it in a little RO water rather than dry if it ever comes out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhy is my Ammonia Alert yellow when my test kit shows ammonia?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eLiquid kits usually measure total ammonia — free NH3 plus ionised NH4+. Ammonia Alert responds only to free ammonia, the form that harms fish. Below pH 7.0 almost all ammonia is the harmless ionised form, so both readings can be correct at the same time.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes it still work after dosing Prime or AmGuard?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, and this is where it earns its place. It will not react to ammonia that has already been bound and made non-toxic, so it shows the state the fish are actually in rather than the false positive a liquid kit gives.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use it in a saltwater tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, in marine and freshwater both. The equivalent total-ammonia figure differs between the two because marine tanks run at a higher pH.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow do I check the sensor still works?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eHold the card over the open bottle of an ammonia-based household cleaner. It should turn blue quickly, then return to its previous colour once it is back in the tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I clean algae off it?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eWipe it with a clean soft cloth only. No bleach, no soap, no detergent, nothing abrasive, and keep bare fingers off the sensor pad — skin oils clog it permanently.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773851423011,"sku":"725032-10","price":28.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/0010-ammonia-alert-scaled-scaled.png?v=1782710312"},{"product_id":"seachem-prime-bonus-rhino-30-bonus-325-ml","title":"Seachem Prime Bonus Rhino +30% BONUS 325 mL","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe same concentrated Prime formula, in a 325 mL bottle with 30% extra free.\u003c\/strong\u003e Seachem Prime is a complete water conditioner for freshwater and marine aquariums: it removes chlorine and chloramine on contact, and binds ammonia, nitrite and nitrate into a non-toxic form for up to 48 hours. This Rhino bottle holds 325 mL — a 250 mL fill plus 30% bonus — and treats roughly 13,000 L of new water at the standard dose.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemoves chlorine and chloramine instantly\u003c\/strong\u003e when added to new or running water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetoxifies ammonia, nitrite and nitrate\u003c\/strong\u003e for up to 48 hours, without halting your biofilter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetoxifies heavy metals\u003c\/strong\u003e commonly found in tap water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNon-acidic\u003c\/strong\u003e — won't shift pH — and reef safe at the standard dose without over-activating a skimmer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e30% bonus fill\u003c\/strong\u003e — 325 mL for the price this range is usually sold at 250 mL.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeachem\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eComplete water conditioner (dechlorinator and ammonia\/nitrite\/nitrate detoxifier)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBottle size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e325 mL (250 mL + 30% bonus)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStandard dose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mL (1 capful) per 200 L of new water\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eApprox. litres treated\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13,000 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCost per litre treated\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnder 1c per litre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater, marine and reef\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e725185-430\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBarcode\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0116043007\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDosage and directions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 mL (1 capful) per 200 L of new water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh chloramine:\u003c\/strong\u003e a double dose (10 mL per 200 L) is safe.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAmmonia or nitrite emergency:\u003c\/strong\u003e up to 5 times normal dose (25 mL per 200 L).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAbove 30°C\u003c\/strong\u003e with low chlorine or ammonia: use a half dose.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRe-dose every 24–48 hours if ammonia or nitrite remain elevated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e freshwater, marine and reef aquariums, new water and emergency ammonia\/nitrite control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e replacing regular water changes — Prime detoxifies, it doesn't remove waste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA sulfur-like smell after dosing is normal. Standard liquid ammonia test kits can show a false positive after dosing since Prime's ammonia bond isn't reversed by the Nessler reagent most kits use — a Seachem MultiTest Ammonia kit reads correctly. Keep out of reach of children.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by your rights under Australian Consumer Law in addition to any manufacturer terms. Standard parcel freight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow is the Rhino bottle different from standard Prime?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eSame formula and dose rate — the Rhino bottle simply holds 30% more than the standard 250 mL bottle for the same fill line.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes Prime remove nitrate?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt detoxifies nitrate into a less harmful form for up to 48 hours, the same as ammonia and nitrite — it doesn't strip nitrate from the system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill this affect my protein skimmer?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt the standard reef dose, Prime doesn't over-activate skimmers the way some older conditioners can.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773851881763,"sku":"725185-430","price":35.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/0430-prime-rhino-325_ml-scaled-scaled.png?v=1782710313"},{"product_id":"seachem-pristine-bonus-rhino-30-bonus-325-ml","title":"Seachem Pristine Bonus Rhino +30% BONUS 325 mL","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe same Pristine bacterial blend, in a 325 mL bottle with 30% extra free.\u003c\/strong\u003e Seachem Pristine uses bio-augmentation to digest sludge, detritus, uneaten food and excess nutrients in freshwater and marine aquariums. This Rhino bottle holds 325 mL — a 250 mL fill plus 30% bonus.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigests organic waste\u003c\/strong\u003e — sludge, detritus, uneaten food and oily surface film from overfeeding.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKeeps working in low-oxygen conditions\u003c\/strong\u003e, continuing to multiply where ordinary nitrifying bacteria stall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImproves clarity\u003c\/strong\u003e as established colonies trap fine particles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e30% bonus fill\u003c\/strong\u003e — 325 mL for the price this range is usually sold at 250 mL.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFresh and marine safe.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeachem\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBio-augmentation bacteria (waste and sludge control)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBottle size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e325 mL (250 mL + 30% bonus)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInitial dose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mL (1 capful) per 40 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaintenance dose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mL (1 capful) per 80 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eApprox. litres treated (initial dose)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,600 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCost per litre treated\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1c per litre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and marine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShelf life\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 years from date of manufacture\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e725187-1248\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBarcode\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0116012485\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDosage and directions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInitial dose:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 mL (1 capful) per 40 L.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaintenance dose:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 mL (1 capful) per 80 L, when adding livestock or after cleaning or medicating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShake well before use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn off UV sterilisers and ozone before dosing; leave off for 2–3 days while the bacteria establish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove antibiotics with fresh carbon and a water change before dosing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e freshwater and marine aquariums with sludge, detritus or excess nutrient load.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e use while UV or ozone is running — switch off first.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by your rights under Australian Consumer Law in addition to any manufacturer terms. Standard parcel freight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow is the Rhino bottle different from standard Pristine?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eSame formula and dose rate — the Rhino bottle holds 30% more than the standard 250 mL bottle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I dose Pristine and Prime on the same day?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, they do different jobs — Prime conditions the water, Pristine digests waste — and are commonly used together.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill Pristine cloud my water?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — established colonies improve clarity by trapping fine particles, rather than clouding it.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773851914531,"sku":"725187-1248","price":37.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/1248-pristine-rhino-325_ml-scaled-scaled.png?v=1782710366"},{"product_id":"seachem-stability-bonus-rhino-30-bonus-325-ml","title":"Seachem Stability Bonus Rhino +30% BONUS 325 mL","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGet 30% more Seachem Stability for the same price: a full 325 mL in the bonus Rhino bottle (250 mL + 30% free), enough to rapidly seed the biofilter in a new tank and help prevent new tank syndrome.\u003c\/strong\u003e Stability contains a synergistic blend of aerobic, anaerobic and facultative bacteria that break down waste organics, ammonia, nitrite and nitrate in both freshwater and marine aquariums.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBroad tolerance of temperature, pH and organic load, staying effective where competing blends can crash\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNon-sulfur-fixing bacteria, so it will not produce toxic hydrogen sulphide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHarmless to fish, invertebrates and plants, with no danger of overdosing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDormant spore form: no refrigeration required, activates once diluted in aquarium water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoes not affect pH, GH or KH: it is purely a bacterial supplement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorks well alongside a biological filter medium such as Seachem Matrix\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePack size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e325 mL total (250 mL + 30% bonus = 75 mL free), Rhino bottle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eForm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLiquid suspension of dormant bacterial spores\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBacteria type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAerobic, anaerobic and facultative (non-sulfur-fixing)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater suitability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and marine (saltwater)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf life\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 years from date of manufacture, stored at room temperature\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDosage and directions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShake well before use and switch off UV sterilisers or ozone equipment while dosing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrequency\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNew tank, day 1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mL (1 capful) per 40 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOnce, on setup day\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNew tank, days 2-7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mL per 80 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDaily for 7 consecutive days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaintenance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mL per 80 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMonthly, at each water change, when adding new fish, or when medicating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCost per litre\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWorking: the 325 mL bottle holds 65 maintenance doses (325 mL ÷ 5 mL per dose). At the maintenance rate of one dose per 80 L, that maintains 5,200 L of tank water (65 × 80 L) across the life of the bottle. At $32.95 for 325 mL, that is $32.95 ÷ 5,200 L, which works out to under 1c per litre of tank water maintained.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for \/ Not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e new freshwater and marine aquariums being cycled, established tanks after a water change, when adding new fish, when medicating, and for fishless cycling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e replacing regular water testing and water changes; instantly completing the nitrogen cycle (most tanks still take 4 to 6 weeks even with bacterial additives); or adjusting pH, GH or KH.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTurn off UV sterilisers and ozone equipment while dosing, as these can kill the bacteria before they establish. Stability is non-toxic to fish, invertebrates, plants and biological filtration, with no overdose risk under normal use. Store at room temperature out of direct sunlight and keep out of reach of children.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product is backed by Seachem's manufacturer quality assurance, in addition to the consumer guarantees you are automatically entitled to under Australian Consumer Law, covering faults, defects and products not matching their description. Contact us if your bottle arrives damaged or faulty and we will arrange a remedy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I add fish straight away?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Fish and other livestock can be introduced at any time, as long as the 7-day dosing schedule is completed as directed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow long does a full tank cycle take?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEvery tank cycles at its own pace depending on stocking, filtration and organic load, but most tanks dosed with Stability complete a full cycle within 4 to 6 weeks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat should I use for an ammonia spike?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor an emergency ammonia reading, Seachem recommends Seachem AmGuard alongside continued Stability dosing to keep supporting the biofilter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I run a fishless cycle?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Add a pinch of fish food daily as an ammonia source until your test kit registers ammonia, then continue the Stability dosing schedule until the tank cycles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes Stability affect pH, GH or KH?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Stability is a bacterial supplement only and has no impact on pH, GH or KH.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhy is this called the Rhino bottle?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Rhino bottle is Seachem's bonus-size packaging: 30% extra product (325 mL instead of 250 mL) in the same bottle format, for genuine added value over the standard size.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773852209443,"sku":"725186-120","price":32.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/0120-stability-rhino-325_ml-scaled-scaled.png?v=1782710366"},{"product_id":"seachem-clarity-bonus-rhino-30-bonus-325-ml","title":"Seachem Clarity Bonus Rhino +30% BONUS 325 mL","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThirty percent more clarifier in the promotional Rhino bottle.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is Seachem Clarity in a 325 mL bonus bottle — the usual 250 mL fill plus 30% extra. At the label rate of 5 mL per 80 L that is 65 capfuls, enough to dose up to 5,200 L of aquarium water in total. The formula is identical to every other Clarity bottle: reef safe, plant safe, and effective on cloudiness in freshwater, marine and reef systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e65 capfuls instead of 50\u003c\/strong\u003e — fifteen extra doses over the standard 250 mL bottle, at the same fill price point.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSame formula, bigger fill\u003c\/strong\u003e — nothing about the chemistry changes; only the volume in the bottle does.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandles every clouding type\u003c\/strong\u003e — precipitating and flocculating agents in one bottle, so bacterial blooms, algal blooms and plain particulate haze all respond.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReef and plant safe as directed\u003c\/strong\u003e — it does not strip soluble nutrients or trace minerals from the water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClears in 1–2 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e — with a repeat dose available after 24 hours if the haze persists.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePromotional stock\u003c\/strong\u003e — the Rhino bonus fill is a run, not a permanent size, so it is here while it lasts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnder 1c per litre\u003c\/strong\u003e — at the label rate, the 325 mL bonus bottle treats water for under 1c per litre, cheaper per litre than the standard 250 mL fill at the same price.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat the bonus size actually gets you\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBottle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFill\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCapfuls of 5 mL\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal water dosed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCost per litre\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e100 mL\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,600 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1c per litre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e250 mL standard\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,000 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnder 1c per litre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e325 mL Rhino bonus\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mL plus 30% extra\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e65\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5,200 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnder 1c per litre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e500 mL\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8,000 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnder 1c per litre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn a 200 L tank, one dose is 12.5 mL. The bonus bottle therefore carries 26 full-tank doses where the standard 250 mL carries 20.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat kind of cloudy water is it, and will Clarity help?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCloudiness has several unrelated causes, and Seachem Clarity is the right answer to some of them and the wrong answer to others. The honest version:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCause\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat it looks like\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDoes Clarity help\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNew-tank bacterial bloom\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMilky white haze, usually days 3–14\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes — it clumps the bacteria for the filter. The bloom still ends when the biofilter matures, not when you dose.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDisturbed substrate or new sand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFine grey or brown dust through the water column\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes — this is the fastest case, typically clear in an hour or two.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAlgal bloom, or green water\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEven green tint you cannot see through\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes, as a reset — but the light and nutrient cause has to be dealt with or it returns.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDebris after a rescape\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFloating fragments and grit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes, provided the mechanical media is fresh enough to hold the load.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDissolved organics\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTea-coloured or yellow, but clear rather than hazy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo — nothing is suspended to clump. Use \u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-purigen\"\u003ePurigen\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-matrixcarbon\"\u003eMatrixCarbon\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDosage and directions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDose Seachem Clarity at 1 capful (5 mL) per 80 L, near the filter intake. Repeat every 24 hours if required. Mechanical filtration must be running — fine filter floss is what actually catches the clumps, and a coarse sponge will let most of them through.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect the tank to look cloudier for a short period straight after dosing. That is the flocculant binding particles together, and clearing follows within one to two hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the floss once the water clears. A heavy clearing job can load it enough to need rinsing or replacing more than once.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn very soft, lightly buffered water, Seachem advises a quarter to a half dose first, with an eye on pH, before going to the full rate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeachem\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater clarifier — combined precipitant and polymeric flocculant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBottle size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e325 mL — 250 mL plus 30% bonus fill\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCapfuls per bottle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e65\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal water dosed per bottle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 5,200 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater, marine and reef\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDose rate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mL (1 capful) per 80 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRepeat interval\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEvery 24 hours as needed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTime to clear\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTypically 1–2 hours\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReef safe\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes, used as directed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant safe\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes, used as directed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRequires mechanical filtration\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes — fine filter floss recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone who already knows Clarity works for them and wants more of it per bottle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMulti-tank racks and fishrooms, where one clouding event can mean several tanks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAquascapers who disturb substrate often\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew setups, where the fortnight-long bacterial bloom can take repeat doses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTanks with no mechanical media in the flow path\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYellowing from dissolved organics, which needs chemical filtration instead\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone wanting a single small bottle for a one-off event — the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-clarity\"\u003e100 mL standard size\u003c\/a\u003e is the sensible buy there\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety and handling\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children and away from food.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not exceed the stated dose. Extra flocculant does not clear water faster; it just loads the filter harder.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWatch flow through the filter after a heavy dose, since loaded floss can restrict it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore sealed, cool, and out of direct sunlight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeachem publishes a Safety Data Sheet for this product at sds.seachem.com.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-clarity\"\u003eSeachem Clarity in standard sizes\u003c\/a\u003e — 100 mL, 250 mL and 500 mL for when the bonus run finishes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-purigen\"\u003eSeachem Purigen\u003c\/a\u003e — for the yellowing and dissolved organics a clarifier cannot address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-stability\"\u003eSeachem Stability\u003c\/a\u003e — for the biofilter behind a new-tank bacterial bloom\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-the-bag-13-x-25cm\"\u003eSeachem The Bag\u003c\/a\u003e — keeps media in the flow where the clumps are travelling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-prime\"\u003eSeachem Prime\u003c\/a\u003e — for the water change that usually follows a clearing job\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty, delivery and Australian notes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a consumable water treatment, so no manufacturer equipment warranty applies. Your rights under the Australian Consumer Law apply in addition to anything the manufacturer states, including the guarantees that goods are of acceptable quality and fit for the purpose described.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 325 mL bottle is well under one litre and ships as an ordinary parcel. Bonus fills are promotional production runs, so the size is available only while that stock lasts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs the bonus bottle the same product as standard Clarity?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The formula is identical. The only difference is the fill — 325 mL instead of 250 mL, which is the standard bottle plus 30% extra.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow many doses does the 325 mL bottle give?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSixty-five capfuls of 5 mL. At the label rate of 5 mL per 80 L that doses up to 5,200 L of aquarium water in total, or 26 full doses on a 200 L tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes Clarity remove fertiliser or trace elements?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Seachem states that Clarity removes suspended particulates only and does not strip soluble nutrients or trace minerals, so planted-tank fertiliser and reef supplement routines carry on unchanged.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill Clarity clog the filter?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt loads mechanical media faster than normal, because that media is now catching everything the clarifier has clumped together. Plan on rinsing or replacing filter floss once or twice while the tank clears.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow long does an opened bottle keep?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeachem does not publish a fixed shelf life after opening for this product. Keep it sealed, cool and out of direct sunlight, and buy a size you will realistically use.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773852274979,"sku":"725184-140","price":32.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/0140-clarity-rhino-325_ml-scaled-scaled.png?v=1782710367"},{"product_id":"seachem-algae-pad-25-mm-thick-3-pack","title":"Seachem Algae Pad 25 mm Thick (3 pack)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThick enough to grip, soft enough for acrylic.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Seachem Algae Pad is a 25 mm thick melamine foam pad that lifts film and spot algae off aquarium glass and acrylic without scratching either one. The foam works by micro-abrasion rather than by grit, so it is safe on soft acrylic and clean enough to use in a reef tank. Sold in packs of three.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNon-scratch on glass and acrylic\u003c\/strong\u003e — melamine foam cuts algae by micro-abrasion, so you are not choosing between clean glass and a scratched viewing panel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e25 mm thick\u003c\/strong\u003e — enough foam between your hand and the glass to lean on it properly, and enough to keep knuckles clear of the pane.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChemically inert, no soaps or detergents\u003c\/strong\u003e — nothing to rinse out and nothing to leach into the water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLifts algae out of existing scratches\u003c\/strong\u003e — the foam conforms into a scratch rather than skating over it, which is where algae usually holds on in an older acrylic tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite\u003c\/strong\u003e — the algae you have removed shows up against the pad, so you can see when a pad is spent.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree per pack\u003c\/strong\u003e — melamine foam is consumed as it works, so pads are replaced rather than washed indefinitely.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack quantity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 pads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePad size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 114 x 64 mm (4.5 x 2.5 inches)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMelamine foam, micro-abrasive\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSafe on\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAquarium glass and acrylic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetergents or soaps\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone — chemically inert\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and marine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3203\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAcrylic aquariums, where a bladed scraper is a risk\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGlass tanks with film algae, diatoms and early green spot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReef and marine systems, since nothing leaches out of the foam\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCleaning algae out of scratches in older acrylic panels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWiping down sump baffles, overflow boxes and equipment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHard, mature green spot algae welded to glass — that wants a blade, not foam. Use the metal blade on the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-algae-scraper\"\u003eSeachem Algae Scraper\u003c\/a\u003e, on glass only.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoralline algae on glass, which generally needs a blade or a dedicated scraper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReuse after cleaning anything outside the aquarium — keep these pads for tank duty only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWet the pad and work in overlapping passes rather than scrubbing one spot hard. Melamine foam does the cutting; pressure mostly just wears the pad out faster.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse in tank water or plain tap water. Never wash it with detergent, and never use a pad that has been near soap.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep pads for the aquarium only. Household melamine sponges from the supermarket look identical but may carry cleaning agents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe foam breaks down as it works and sheds fine white particles. That is normal and inert; retire a pad once it has worn thin.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWork top down so dislodged algae falls where the siphon can collect it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-algae-scraper\"\u003eSeachem Algae Scraper\u003c\/a\u003e — the long-handled tool for deep tanks and for the hard algae foam will not shift.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-duo-algae-pad-25-mm-thick-1-pack\"\u003eSeachem Duo Algae Pad 25 mm\u003c\/a\u003e — the two-sided version, if you want a coarser face for glass and a gentle face for acrylic on one pad.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-algae-scraper-replacement-pads-3-pack\"\u003eSeachem Algae Scraper Replacement Pads\u003c\/a\u003e — the pads shaped to fit the scraper head, which these hand pads do not.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-phosguard\"\u003eSeachem PhosGuard\u003c\/a\u003e — if you are scrubbing every week, phosphate control treats the cause rather than the symptom.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and Australian notes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA consumable cleaning item, sold in a pack of three. Faults and misdescription are covered by the consumer guarantees under Australian Consumer Law, which apply in addition to anything the manufacturer offers. Normal wear of the foam in use is not a fault.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill the Seachem Algae Pad scratch an acrylic aquarium?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is melamine foam and works by micro-abrasion rather than grit, which is why Seachem rates it as non-scratch for both glass and acrylic. The usual cause of scratched acrylic is a grain of sand picked up off the substrate, so rinse the pad if you have been working near the gravel line.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat does the 25 mm refer to?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe thickness of the pad. At 25 mm there is enough foam to grip and press through without your knuckles reaching the glass, which makes it easier to use than a thin pad on a long session.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use it in a saltwater or reef tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The foam is chemically inert and contains no soaps or detergents, so there is nothing to leach into the water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow long does one pad last?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMelamine foam is consumed as it cleans, so a pad wears thin rather than wearing out mechanically. How fast depends on how rough your algae is and how hard you press. Retire a pad once it is too thin to grip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eAre these the same as the pads for the Seachem Algae Scraper?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. These are hand pads at roughly 114 x 64 mm. The scraper takes its own cartridge-mounted pads, which are sold separately as Algae Scraper Replacement Pads.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773853684003,"sku":"725160-3203","price":19.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/725160-1.jpg?v=1782710367"},{"product_id":"seachem-duo-algae-pad-25-mm-thick-1-pack","title":"Seachem Duo Algae Pad 25 mm Thick (1 pack)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne pad, two ways to keep glass and acrylic spotless.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Seachem Duo Algae Pad pairs a micro-abrasive melamine foam face with a durable scrubbing face on a single 25 mm thick pad, lifting algae film from viewing panes then tackling rockwork, driftwood and old scratches without soap or detergent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual-sided design\u003c\/strong\u003e — melamine foam face for algae film on glass and acrylic, plus a durable scrubbing face for rockwork and driftwood.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e25 mm thick pad\u003c\/strong\u003e — more material to work with before it wears through.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo soap or detergent needed\u003c\/strong\u003e — cleans by mechanical action alone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLifts algae out of scratches\u003c\/strong\u003e — melamine foam reaches into fine scratches where algae hides.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafe for glass and acrylic\u003c\/strong\u003e — Seachem markets it as suitable for both surface types.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite pad body\u003c\/strong\u003e — makes algae build-up easy to see as you work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFootprint (L x W)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 115 mm x 64 mm (converted from Seachem's 4.5 in x 2.5 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMelamine foam face (micro-abrasive) plus a scrubbing face on the reverse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSurface guidance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafe for glass and acrylic, per Seachem\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdditives\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone — no soaps or detergents\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePack quantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 pad per pack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer code\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeachem 3201, barcode 000116032018\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for \/ not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAquarium glass\u003c\/strong\u003e — yes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAcrylic aquariums\u003c\/strong\u003e — yes, per Seachem.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRocks, driftwood and ornaments\u003c\/strong\u003e — yes, with the scrubbing face.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo soap or detergent required\u003c\/strong\u003e — the pad cleans by mechanical action alone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatch the face to the surface\u003c\/strong\u003e — melamine for glass and acrylic, scrubbing face for rocks and driftwood, since melamine wears fastest on rough surfaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReplace once worn\u003c\/strong\u003e — fit a fresh pad once the melamine face has thinned.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty, support and Australian notes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis item is covered by the consumer guarantees under Australian Consumer Law, alongside any manufacturer warranty. If it arrives faulty or not as described, contact Nick's Aquarium Oceanarium Terrarium for a remedy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat does each side of the pad do?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne face is melamine foam for lifting algae film off glass and acrylic; the other is a durable scrubbing face for rocks, driftwood and rough grooves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this pad safe for an acrylic aquarium?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Seachem states the Duo Algae Pad is safe for both glass and acrylic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I need soap or a cleaning product with it?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, the pad removes algae without soaps or detergents.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow many pads come in this pack?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis listing is for a single 25 mm pad, one pad per pack.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773853782307,"sku":"725159-3201","price":16.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/725159-1.jpg?v=1782710368"},{"product_id":"seachem-multitest-phosphate-75-tests","title":"Seachem MultiTest: Phosphate 75 Tests","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTracks the nutrient that feeds nuisance algae before it becomes a bloom.\u003c\/strong\u003e Seachem MultiTest Phosphate measures inorganic phosphate down to less than 0.05 mg\/L across a 0–3.0 mg\/L range, in both marine and freshwater aquariums, with colour-chart steps as fine as 0.001–0.1 mg\/L. Results read on a distinctive yellow-green-blue colour scale rather than the pink or blue scales used for most other parameters, which makes it harder to misread against another chart by mistake.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy test phosphate\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNatural seawater runs from under 0.01 up to about 0.3 mg\/L phosphate — reef tanks generally do best kept at 0.2 mg\/L or below for coral health.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePhosphate itself is non-toxic to fish and most invertebrates, but keeping it under roughly 1 mg\/L helps limit nuisance algae growth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFreshwater tanks often run higher than the kit's 3.0 mg\/L range — dilute the sample with distilled or RO water and multiply the result to read a high concentration accurately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOver 75 tests per kit\u003c\/strong\u003e — around 82c per test at full retail price.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRange 0–3.0 mg\/L\u003c\/strong\u003e, detecting changes as fine as 0.001–0.1 mg\/L on the colour chart.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSix-cavity opaque white test plate\u003c\/strong\u003e — run and compare up to six samples at once.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSliding colour chart with a 5 cm viewing window\u003c\/strong\u003e for a cleaner colour match.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReference sample included\u003c\/strong\u003e to validate the kit whenever a result looks off.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreshwater and marine\u003c\/strong\u003e — one kit for the whole store's tank types.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTests per kit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRange\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0–3.0 mg\/L phosphate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetection limit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLess than 0.05 mg\/L; chart steps of 0.001–0.1 mg\/L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and marine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCost per test\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e82c per test\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU \/ Barcode\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e725141-970 \/ 000116097000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePhosphate Reagents 1 and 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePhosphate reference sample\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStir rod and sample pipette\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePhosphate colour chart\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMulti-cavity test plate and instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDirections\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDose a sample with Phosphate Reagents 1 and 2 in order, stir, and read against the sliding colour chart within the stated development time. Freshwater samples reading off the top of the scale should be diluted with distilled or RO water — halve with an equal volume of distilled water and double the result, for example — rather than treated as unreadable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e reef, FOWLR, planted and community freshwater tanks tracking algae-feeding nutrients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e reading freshwater phosphate accurately without dilution when levels run high, which is common in heavily-stocked or heavily-fed freshwater tanks — dilute first rather than assuming the kit is wrong.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep away from children. Reagent 2 contains sulfuric and molybdic acids and is corrosive — protect work surfaces, avoid skin and eye contact, and rinse any contact thoroughly with water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-multitest-ammonia-75-tests\"\u003eSeachem MultiTest Ammonia\u003c\/a\u003e — phosphate and ammonia together cover the two most common causes of algae and livestock stress.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA phosphate-removing media or reactor, for tanks where results consistently read high and a media-based export is wanted alongside water changes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShips as a standard parcel. Store reagents away from direct sunlight and extreme heat. Covered by the consumer guarantees under Australian Consumer Law in addition to Seachem's own guarantee.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhy is my freshwater phosphate reading off the chart?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFreshwater tanks frequently run higher phosphate than marine tanks and can exceed this kit's 0–3.0 mg\/L range. Dilute the sample with distilled or RO water in a known ratio and multiply the result back up, rather than assuming the test has failed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat phosphate level should I be aiming for in a reef tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeachem's guidance is to keep reef systems at or below about 0.2 mg\/L for coral health, with natural seawater typically under 0.3 mg\/L.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs phosphate actually harmful to my fish?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot directly — phosphate is non-toxic to fish and most invertebrates at aquarium concentrations. The problem is indirect: elevated phosphate feeds nuisance algae, which affects the tank's appearance and can compete with corals and plants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow many tests will I get from one kit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOver 75, at roughly 82c per test — enough for regular weekly or fortnightly testing across a typical home aquarium for many months.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use the same kit for freshwater and marine tanks?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the kit is rated for both — just remember freshwater samples may need diluting to fall inside the readable range.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773854994723,"sku":"725141-970","price":61.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/0970-mt-phosphate-1-scaled.png?v=1782710368"},{"product_id":"seachem-multitest-ammonia-75-tests","title":"Seachem MultiTest: Ammonia 75 Tests","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe only ammonia test that still reads correctly while you're dosing Prime.\u003c\/strong\u003e Seachem MultiTest Ammonia measures both total ammonia (NH3 + NH4+) and toxic free ammonia (NH3) down to less than 0.05 mg\/L, in freshwater and marine aquariums. It uses Seachem's gas-exchange sensor technology — the same sensor used in Seachem Ammonia Alert — so unlike salicylate or Nessler-based kits, it isn't fooled by ammonia-binding conditioners such as Prime, Safe or AmGuard, which can break down and give false readings in conventional tests at high pH.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy free ammonia matters\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree ammonia (NH3) is the form that harms fish gills; ionised ammonium (NH4+) is essentially non-toxic at normal pH. Most test kits only report total ammonia and can't tell the two apart. This kit separates them, so a reading tells you whether you're looking at a real emergency or a chemically-bound reading that isn't actually dangerous.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOver 75 tests per kit\u003c\/strong\u003e — works out to about 82c per test at full retail price.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReads both total and free ammonia\u003c\/strong\u003e to below 0.05 mg\/L, with minimal interference from common conditioners.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSix-cavity opaque white test plate\u003c\/strong\u003e — run and compare up to six samples side by side.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSliding colour chart with a 5 cm viewing window\u003c\/strong\u003e for a clearer colour match than a printed card held up to the light.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReference sample included\u003c\/strong\u003e — check the kit itself is reading correctly whenever you doubt a result.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreshwater and marine\u003c\/strong\u003e — one kit works across the whole store's tank types.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTests per kit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasures\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal ammonia (NH3 + NH4+) and free ammonia (NH3)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetection limit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLess than 0.05 mg\/L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and marine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCost per test\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e82c per test\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU \/ Barcode\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e725140-950 \/ 000116095006\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal Ammonia Reagent 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSensor container (6 sensors)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal ammonia reference sample\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eForceps and sample pipette\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAmmonia colour chart\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMulti-cavity test plate and instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDirections\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdd a sensor to a sample well, dose with Total Ammonia Reagent 1, and read total ammonia against the sliding colour chart. Free ammonia is read from the same sensor technology used in Seachem's dedicated Ammonia Alert monitor. Run the included reference sample alongside your tank sample any time a result looks unexpected, to confirm the kit itself is reading correctly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e freshwater and marine tanks, including tanks currently dosed with Prime, Safe, AmGuard or similar ammonia-binding conditioners.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e pinpointing ammonia source or location — a positive reading tells you a problem exists, not whether it's from overfeeding, an under-cycled filter or a bioload increase. Pair it with regular nitrite and nitrate testing for the full picture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep away from children. The reagent contains a strong alkali and the sensor storage gel a strong acid — rinse any skin or eye contact thoroughly with water and seek medical advice if irritation persists.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-ammonia-alert-1-year\"\u003eSeachem Ammonia Alert\u003c\/a\u003e — the same sensor technology as an always-on in-tank monitor, for continuous ammonia awareness between test kit readings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-multitest-phosphate-75-tests\"\u003eSeachem MultiTest Phosphate\u003c\/a\u003e and a nitrite\/nitrate kit — for the full water-quality picture rather than ammonia in isolation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-prime-bonus-rhino-30-bonus-325-ml\"\u003eSeachem Prime\u003c\/a\u003e — detoxifies ammonia while you address the cause; this kit is one of the few that reads accurately while Prime is in the water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShips as a standard parcel. Reagents are chemical products — store away from direct sunlight and extreme heat, and check use-by information on the pack. Covered by the consumer guarantees under Australian Consumer Law in addition to Seachem's own guarantee.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill this kit give a false reading if I'm dosing Prime?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo — that's the specific problem it's built to avoid. Seachem's gas-exchange sensor technology reads free ammonia accurately even when ammonia-binding conditioners like Prime, Safe or AmGuard are present, unlike older salicylate or Nessler-based kits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the difference between total and free ammonia?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTotal ammonia is NH3 plus NH4+ combined. Free ammonia (NH3 alone) is the toxic form that actually harms fish — ammonium (NH4+) is essentially harmless at normal pH. This kit reports both, so you can tell a genuine emergency from a bound, low-risk reading.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow many tests will 75 tests actually last?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt roughly 82c per test, a kit covers 75+ individual readings — enough for weekly testing across a couple of tanks for the better part of a year, more if you're only testing one system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the kit work in a marine or reef tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — it's rated for both freshwater and marine use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat does the reference sample do?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's a known-value sample you can test alongside your tank water to confirm the kit itself is reading correctly, which is useful whenever a result looks surprisingly high or low.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773855027491,"sku":"725140-950","price":61.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/0950-mt-ammonia-scaled.png?v=1782710369"},{"product_id":"seachem-axolotl-conditioner-250ml","title":"Seachem Axolotl Conditioner 250ml","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTap water made safe for the most ammonia-sensitive animal in the room.\u003c\/strong\u003e Seachem Axolotl Conditioner is a concentrated water conditioner formulated for axolotl tanks. It removes chlorine and chloramine from tap water and detoxifies ammonia, nitrite and nitrate. One 5 mL capful treats 160 litres, so a 250 mL bottle covers roughly 8,000 litres of water changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemoves chlorine and chloramine\u003c\/strong\u003e — both are used in Australian mains supplies, and chloramine does not gas off if you leave a bucket standing overnight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetoxifies ammonia\u003c\/strong\u003e — converts it to a form that will not burn gills but is still available to the bacteria in your filter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetoxifies nitrite and nitrate\u003c\/strong\u003e — which is why it earns its place during a cycle, when the spikes do the damage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBinds heavy metals\u003c\/strong\u003e at the concentrations found in typical tap water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNon-acidic\u003c\/strong\u003e — it will not pull your pH down, so it can be dosed without chasing the reading afterwards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConcentrated\u003c\/strong\u003e — 5 mL per 160 L means a 250 mL bottle outlasts a year of water changes on most axolotl tanks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnder 1c per litre\u003c\/strong\u003e — worked from the standard dose across the full bottle, this is the cheapest way to treat water for axolotls, size for size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater conditioner and ammonia detoxifier\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStandard dose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mL (1 capful) per 160 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBottle treats\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 8,000 L at the standard dose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCost per litre\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnder 1c, worked from the standard dose across the bottle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRemoves\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChlorine, chloramine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetoxifies\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAmmonia, nitrite, nitrate, heavy metals\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEffect on pH\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone — non-acidic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater, including coldwater axolotl tanks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDosage and directions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOne capful is 5 mL. Each thread on the cap holds roughly 1 mL, which is how you measure a dose for a tub or a hospital container.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStandard dose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.25 mL (about one cap thread)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 mL (half a capful)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mL (1 capful)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e320 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 mL (2 capfuls)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow far a dose goes\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSituation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat it achieves\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoutine water change on chlorinated mains\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard — 5 mL per 160 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRemoves chlorine and chloramine, detoxifies the ammonia chloramine releases\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavily chloraminated supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDouble\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCovers the extra ammonia load; a double dose is safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNitrite spike during cycling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to five times\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDetoxifies nitrite while the biofilter catches up\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eAdd it to the new water in a bucket first, or dose for the full tank volume if you are adding it straight to the tank. Detoxification is temporary — it buys the biofilter time rather than replacing one.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA sulfur-like smell when you open the bottle is normal for this chemistry. It is not a sign the product has spoiled.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e axolotl tanks and grow-out tubs · any freshwater aquarium on chlorinated or chloraminated mains water · new tanks during cycling · emergency ammonia and nitrite control.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e marine aquariums · use as a substitute for a cycled biofilter · masking an ammonia source you have not found · use as a pH adjuster, since it deliberately does not move pH.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAmmonia test kits can read differently for a period after any ammonia-binding conditioner is dosed. Test before you dose, or use a kit that separates free ammonia from total ammonia.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and storage\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplace the cap firmly — the dosing threads are the measure, and a crusted cap is hard to read\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore out of direct sunlight, at room temperature, out of reach of children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShake before use if the bottle has been standing for a long period\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-axolotl-buffer-250ml\"\u003eSeachem Axolotl Buffer\u003c\/a\u003e — holds pH steady, which is the one thing this conditioner is designed not to do\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-stability\"\u003eSeachem Stability\u003c\/a\u003e — the bacterial culture that does permanently what this product only does temporarily\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-multitest-ammonia-75-tests\"\u003eSeachem MultiTest: Ammonia\u003c\/a\u003e — tells you whether you still need the emergency dose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-ammonia-alert-1-year\"\u003eSeachem Ammonia Alert\u003c\/a\u003e — an in-tank badge that changes colour on free ammonia between tests\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis product carries the consumer guarantees under the Australian Consumer Law, which cannot be excluded. If a bottle arrives damaged or does not perform as it should, contact us.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eShips as a standard parcel. No dangerous goods restrictions apply at this pack size.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow much Axolotl Conditioner do I use per litre?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe standard dose is 5 mL — one capful — per 160 litres, which works out at roughly 1 mL per 32 litres. Each thread on the cap holds about 1 mL for smaller volumes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use it in a tank that already has axolotls in it?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Dose for the full volume of the tank when adding it directly, or treat the replacement water in a bucket before it goes in.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes it remove ammonia permanently?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It converts ammonia to a form that is not toxic to the animal but is still available to the beneficial bacteria in the filter. The effect is temporary, so it supports a cycling tank rather than replacing a biofilter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhy does the bottle smell like sulphur?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eA sulfur-like odour is normal for this chemistry and does not mean the bottle has gone off.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill it change my pH?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is non-acidic and does not shift pH. If you need to hold pH steady for axolotls, use a dedicated buffer alongside it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use it on a tropical freshwater tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It is a freshwater conditioner and can be used on any freshwater aquarium at the stated dose.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773856731427,"sku":"725095-8136","price":41.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/seachem_axolotl_conditioner_250ml.png?v=1782710369"},{"product_id":"seachem-axolotl-buffer-250ml","title":"Seachem Axolotl Buffer 250ml","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe one pH window axolotls actually want, held there.\u003c\/strong\u003e Seachem Axolotl Buffer takes tank pH to 7.4–7.6 from above or below and buffers it against the drift that happens between water changes. It also softens hard water by precipitating calcium and magnesium out of solution. The dose is one capful — 5 mL — per 10 L, twice a week. A 250 mL bottle holds 50 capfuls, enough to dose 500 litres once over.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy a buffer rather than a pH-adjusting product\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAxolotls are cold-water amphibians with permeable skin and external gills. They are sensitive to moving water chemistry in a way a hardy tropical fish is not, and axolotl tanks are typically kept cool and lightly filtered — exactly the combination in which pH wanders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA one-way pH product corrects the reading. A buffer solves the drift. Seachem formulates this one to sit at 7.4–7.6 and stay there, so the tank stops moving between water changes instead of being pulled back after every one.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt also works from either side. A tank sitting at 7.9 comes down, a tank at 7.0 comes up, and both land in the same window.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTargets 7.4–7.6 from either direction\u003c\/strong\u003e — raises a low pH and pulls down a high one, rather than only pushing one way\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuffers against drift\u003c\/strong\u003e — holds the figure between water changes instead of correcting after the fact\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoftens hard water\u003c\/strong\u003e — precipitates calcium and magnesium out of solution, which lowers general hardness rather than masking it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePhosphate buffer system\u003c\/strong\u003e — a firmer grip on pH than carbonate buffering gives, with the phosphate trade-off spelled out below\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDosed straight into the tank\u003c\/strong\u003e — no mixing station, no waiting period, no separate container\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e6c per litre treated\u003c\/strong\u003e — worked from the 5 mL per 10 L dose across the full 250 mL bottle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePhosphate-buffered pH buffer and water softener\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTarget pH\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.4 – 7.6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eApproaches target from\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbove or below\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEffect on hardness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoftens — precipitates calcium and magnesium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStandard dose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 capful (5 mL) per 10 L, twice a week\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVery hard water\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDouble or triple dose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDoses per bottle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 capfuls\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater treated per bottle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 L, dosed once\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCost per litre\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6c, worked from the 5 mL per 10 L dose across the bottle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDechlorinates\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo — treat replacement water separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater, coldwater\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eForm\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLiquid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDosage and directions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWorked from Seachem's 5 mL per 10 L, twice-weekly rate. This is dosed more often than most buffers, so the bottle moves faster than 250 mL suggests — worth knowing before you size your order.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTank volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDose, twice weekly\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e250 mL bottle lasts about\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 mL (2 capfuls)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 mL (4 capfuls)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e37.5 mL (7½ capfuls)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 mL (12 capfuls)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMay be added directly to the aquarium at any time\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwice a week, or as often as needed to hold pH between 7.4 and 7.6\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVery hard water may need a double or triple dose to get there\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTest before dosing rather than dosing to a calendar. Once the tank is holding, it may need less than twice weekly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eThe phosphate trade-off\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is a phosphate-buffered product, and that is what gives it a firm grip on pH. The consequence is that phosphate goes into the water, so a phosphate test will read higher after dosing. That is the buffer, not a nutrient problem in the tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIn a bare or lightly planted axolotl tank this is usually a non-issue. In a tank already fighting algae, or one where you track phosphate to a target, it is worth knowing before the first dose rather than after.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e axolotl tanks · other cold-water amphibian setups wanting a stable, slightly alkaline pH · tanks whose pH slides between water changes · hard tap water that needs softening as well as buffering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e marine and reef aquariums · planted tanks and tanks with an algae problem, because of the phosphate · soft acidic-water species such as discus and wild-caught tetras · use as a dechlorinator, which it does not do — that is \u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-axolotl-conditioner-250ml\"\u003eSeachem Axolotl Conditioner\u003c\/a\u003e's job · same-day pH correction, which is harder on an axolotl than a stable wrong figure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and storage\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the cap on and store out of direct sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse the capful measure rather than leaving residue to dry in it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExpect a haze in very hard water as calcium and magnesium precipitate out. It clears\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTest pH before dosing. Phosphate buffers hold firmly, so an overshoot takes a while to walk back\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-axolotl-conditioner-250ml\"\u003eSeachem Axolotl Conditioner\u003c\/a\u003e — removes chlorine and chloramine and detoxifies ammonia at water changes, none of which this buffer does\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-fresh-trace\"\u003eSeachem Fresh Trace\u003c\/a\u003e — restores trace elements that softening and water changes strip out; Seachem recommends it alongside this product\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-ph-alert-6-month\"\u003eSeachem pH Alert\u003c\/a\u003e — continuous pH in the tank, so you dose to a colour rather than to a calendar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-ammonia-alert-1-year\"\u003eSeachem Ammonia Alert\u003c\/a\u003e — axolotl tanks run cool and lightly filtered, and ammonia is what catches people out\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-ph-alkalinity-kit-75-tests\"\u003eSeachem pH \u0026amp; Alkalinity Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — for when you want a number rather than a band\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/seachem\"\u003eThe full Seachem range\u003c\/a\u003e — water care, media and test kits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSold with the manufacturer's shelf life; no separate warranty term is published for a liquid buffer. Your rights under the Australian Consumer Law apply regardless and cannot be excluded. A safety data sheet is published by Seachem at sds.seachem.com. Ships as a standard parcel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat pH should an axolotl tank sit at?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eSeachem formulates this buffer to 7.4–7.6, and that is the window it holds. It reaches that figure from a higher or a lower starting point.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow much Axolotl Buffer do I use?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eOne capful — 5 mL — for every 10 litres, twice a week. Very hard water may need double or triple that. A 250 mL bottle is 50 capfuls.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow long does a 250 mL bottle last?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eOn a 40 litre axolotl tank dosed twice weekly, about six weeks. On a 20 litre tank, about twelve. It is dosed more often than most buffers, so plan for that.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes it remove chlorine or ammonia?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a pH and hardness product only. Axolotl Conditioner is the one that handles chlorine, chloramine and ammonia at water changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill it raise my phosphate reading?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It uses phosphate buffers, so a phosphate test reads higher after dosing. In a bare axolotl tank that rarely matters; in a planted tank with algae it does.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I add it with the axolotl still in the tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Seachem states it may be added directly to the aquarium at any time. Dosing into the flow rather than straight onto the animal is still the sensible way to do it.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773856764195,"sku":"725094-8146","price":31.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/seachem_axolotl_buffer_250ml-scaled.png?v=1782710368"},{"product_id":"seachem-tidal-replacement-impeller","title":"Seachem Tidal Replacement Impeller","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe cheapest fix for a Tidal that rattles or has gone sluggish.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Seachem Tidal Replacement Impeller is the genuine spinning core of the filter's pump, and it is the one part in a Tidal that Seachem expects you to replace - which is why it sits outside the three-year filter warranty. It is stocked here in all four sizes, covering the Tidal 35, 55, 75 and 110. Pick the variant that matches the number on the front of your filter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich impeller do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eImpellers are sized to their filter model and are not interchangeable across the range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVariant\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFlow it restores\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeachem Tidal 35\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeachem Tidal 55\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000 L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeachem Tidal 75\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1500 L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeachem Tidal 110\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2000 L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll four are corrosion-resistant and rated by Seachem for freshwater and marine aquariums.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelf-cleaning design\u003c\/strong\u003e - shrugs off most of the grit and slime that stalls a conventional impeller\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenuine Seachem part\u003c\/strong\u003e - matched to the Sicce pump the filter was built around, so magnet and shaft tolerances are right\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo tools needed\u003c\/strong\u003e - the impeller cover unclips and the impeller lifts straight out\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheap insurance\u003c\/strong\u003e - the only consumable in the filter, and worth keeping a spare of on a heavily stocked tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the impeller my problem?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA worn impeller has a recognisable set of symptoms. If your filter shows these, this is the part to buy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRattling or grinding\u003c\/strong\u003e that does not settle after the filter has been cleaned\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlow well below rated\u003c\/strong\u003e with clean media and a clear intake\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStruggling to restart\u003c\/strong\u003e after a water change, then running normally once it catches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVibration through the tank rim\u003c\/strong\u003e that was not there when the filter was new\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the filter hums but moves no water at all with a clean impeller well, the fault is more likely the motor - the Seachem Tidal Replacement Pump covers that.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitting it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwitch off at the wall and lift the pump out of the water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOn the Tidal 55 and 75, pull up and back on the top clip of the impeller cover to release it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the old impeller out, then rinse the chamber clear of grit and scale before fitting the new one\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeat the new impeller, clip the cover back on and switch on - the filter re-primes itself\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the shaft for scoring while you are in there; a rough shaft will chew through a new impeller\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeachem Tidal Replacement Pump\u003c\/strong\u003e - the complete motor unit, for when the impeller is not the fault\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeachem Matrix\u003c\/strong\u003e - top the basket back up while the filter is open\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe impeller is classed by Seachem as a wear item and sits outside the three-year warranty on the filter itself. That exclusion does not affect your rights under the Australian Consumer Law, which cannot be excluded and apply to this part as to any other. Ships as a standard parcel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhich Seachem Tidal filters does this impeller fit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe four variants on this page cover the entire Tidal range - 35, 55, 75 and 110 - with one impeller sized to each model. They are not interchangeable, so order the variant matching your filter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow often should a Tidal impeller be replaced?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeachem does not publish a fixed interval. Replace it on symptoms rather than on a schedule - rattling, vibration or flow loss that survives a proper clean.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhy is the impeller not covered by the warranty?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause it is designed to be consumed. Seachem covers the Tidal filter for three years but excludes the impeller as a wear part, much as a car warranty excludes brake pads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I need the impeller or the whole pump?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRattling with water still moving means the impeller. Humming with no water moving, after the well has been cleaned, means the pump.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"35","offer_id":55335432421667,"sku":"724853-6603","price":32.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"55","offer_id":54773856928035,"sku":"724854-6571","price":32.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"75","offer_id":55335432454435,"sku":"724855-6572","price":42.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"110","offer_id":55335432487203,"sku":"724856-6573","price":51.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/6516-tidal_55_impeller-scaled.png?v=1782710369"},{"product_id":"seachem-flourish-tabs","title":"Seachem Flourish Tabs","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePush one into the gravel and your root-feeding plants are fed for months.\u003c\/strong\u003e Seachem Flourish Tabs are slow-release fertiliser tablets for the substrate of a planted freshwater aquarium, delivering iron, calcium, magnesium, sulphur, manganese, nitrogen, potassium and B-vitamins directly to the root zone — with no phosphate or nitrate to feed algae. They suit heavy root-feeders such as swords, crypts and vallisneria, and anyone who'd rather set and forget than dose liquid fertiliser daily.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeeds at the roots\u003c\/strong\u003e — nutrients release gradually through the enzymatic action of plant roots, reaching root-feeding species that don't take up much through their leaves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo phosphate or nitrate\u003c\/strong\u003e — feeds plants without the algae risk that comes with dosing those nutrients into the water column.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSet and forget\u003c\/strong\u003e — one tab lasts 3–4 months, so there's no daily or weekly dosing routine to remember.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBroad nutrition\u003c\/strong\u003e — nitrogen, potassium, calcium, magnesium, sulphur, iron, manganese and hydrolysed yeast (amino acids, vitamins) in one tab.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWon't disrupt pH\u003c\/strong\u003e in normal tap water — though in very soft, unbuffered water the tabs behave mildly acidic, similar to peat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBarcode\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCoverage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 pack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e724873-505\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e000116050500\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTreats a 30 × 76 cm (12 × 30 in) plant bed, twice\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 pack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e724874-507\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e000116050708\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFour times the tab count of the 10 pack — at one tab per 10–15 cm radius (about 6 tabs per 40 L tank), that's roughly enough for a 250–270 L planted tank between restocks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGuaranteed analysis (per 1 g tab)\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNutrient\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eContent\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal nitrogen (N)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.4%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoluble potash (K₂O)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.15%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCalcium (Ca)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.15%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnesium (Mg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.1%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSulphur (S)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIron (Fe)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManganese (Mn)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.1%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eDerived from potassium chloride, calcium sulphate, magnesium chloride, ferrous gluconate, magnesium sulphate, manganese sulphate and hydrolysed yeast.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDosage and directions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInsert one tab for every 10–15 cm radius of root-feeding plants, spaced evenly through the bed (a standard 40 L tank takes about 6 tabs).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush each tab roughly halfway into the substrate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplace every 3–4 months for continued growth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan be combined with a liquid Flourish product to cover leaf-feeding as well as root-feeding plants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for freshwater planted aquariums, especially root-feeding species — swords, crypts, vallisneria and similar.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot a substitute for a liquid trace-element or macro-nutrient product for plants that feed mainly through their leaves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn very soft or unbuffered water, the tabs act mildly acidic, similar to peat — worth knowing if you're keeping species sensitive to pH swings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSet a reminder to replace tabs every 3–4 months. Avoid disturbing the substrate more than necessary when pushing new tabs in, particularly around established root systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-flourish-trace\"\u003eSeachem Flourish Trace\u003c\/a\u003e — covers trace elements for leaf-feeding growth alongside root-tab feeding.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-flourish-phosphorus\"\u003eSeachem Flourish Phosphorus\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-flourish-potassium\"\u003eSeachem Flourish Potassium\u003c\/a\u003e — liquid dosing for plants that feed mainly through their leaves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by your rights under Australian Consumer Law in addition to any manufacturer guarantee. Ships Australia-wide from North Lakes, QLD.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill these feed algae like liquid fertilisers can?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey're formulated without phosphate or nitrate specifically to avoid feeding algae, and because they release at the root zone rather than into the water column, less nutrient ends up available to algae in the water.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow many tabs does my tank need?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eOne tab per 10–15 cm radius of root-feeding plants — as a guide, a standard 40 L tank takes about 6 tabs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill they change my water's pH?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot in normal tap water. In very soft, unbuffered water they behave mildly acidic, similar to peat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I still need a liquid fertiliser?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf you keep leaf-feeding plants alongside root-feeders, yes — Flourish Tabs are a root-zone feed and don't replace a water-column trace-element or macro-nutrient product.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow long does one tab last?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eSeachem recommends replacing tabs every 3–4 months.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"10 pack","offer_id":54773857812771,"sku":"724873-505","price":32.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"40 pack","offer_id":55335432519971,"sku":"724874-507","price":98.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/0505-flourish-tabs-10-pack_90_-scaled-scaled.jpg?v=1782710393"},{"product_id":"seachem-sure-start-pack","title":"Seachem Sure Start Pack","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEverything a new tank needs in its first weeks — one box, three bottles.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Seachem SureStart Pack bundles 100 mL bottles of Prime, Stability and Pristine: the conditioner, the cycling bacteria and the clean-up crew. It's a straightforward way to start a freshwater or marine aquarium right, and a natural add-on with any new tank or filter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the pack\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrime (100 mL)\u003c\/strong\u003e — water conditioner. Removes chlorine and chloramine from tap water and detoxifies ammonia, nitrite and nitrate while the biofilter matures. Dose 5 mL per 200 L with every water change.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStability (100 mL)\u003c\/strong\u003e — biofilter starter. A blend of aerobic, anaerobic and facultative bacteria that establishes the biofilter and helps prevent new tank syndrome. Dose 5 mL per 40 L on day one, then 5 mL per 80 L daily for 7 days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePristine (100 mL)\u003c\/strong\u003e — bio-augmentation bacteria that break down uneaten food, waste, sludge and detritus, keeping a new tank clean and clear as it matures. Dose 5 mL per 40 L initially, then 5 mL per 80 L when adding fish or after cleaning or medicating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included \/ what you'll still need\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe pack includes the three 100 mL bottles above, each with its own dosing cap. It does not include a test kit, a bucket or jug for water changes, or a dosing syringe — a standard aquarium test kit is worth adding separately to confirm the tank has finished cycling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy these three together\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePrime protects fish from toxins right now; Stability builds the bacteria colony that handles waste long-term; Pristine cleans up the organics in between. All three are safe for freshwater and saltwater, fish, plants and invertebrates, and are designed to be dosed together during setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eContents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrime 100 mL, Stability 100 mL, Pristine 100 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuitability\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and saltwater\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePrime dose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mL per 200 L with each water change\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStability dose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mL per 40 L day one, then 5 mL per 80 L daily for 7 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePristine dose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mL per 40 L initially, then 5 mL per 80 L as needed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeachem\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e724901-1128\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBarcode\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e000116011280\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for setting up a new freshwater or marine aquarium, and for supporting an established tank through a water change, a new fish introduction, or a course of medication. Not a substitute for patience — Stability speeds up cycling but a new tank should still be monitored with a test kit before stocking heavily.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA liquid test kit to track ammonia, nitrite and nitrate while the tank cycles, and a bottle of StressGuard if new fish are being introduced under stress.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Seachem's standard quality guarantee in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard freight — no cold chain or special handling required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I need to buy anything else to cycle a new tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eA liquid test kit is the main extra worth adding, so you can see when ammonia and nitrite have dropped to zero before stocking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use the pack in an established, already-cycled tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Prime is used with every water change regardless of tank age, and Stability and Pristine are useful whenever the biofilter is disrupted — new fish, filter cleaning, or medication.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs the pack reef safe?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, all three products are safe for freshwater and marine setups, including plants and invertebrates, when dosed as directed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow long does 100 mL of Stability last during cycling?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eOn a 200 L tank, the day-one dose uses 25 mL and the following week of daily dosing uses roughly 87.5 mL — close to the full bottle for one cycling tank of that size.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773859746083,"sku":"724901-1128","price":54.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/1128-surestart.png?v=1782710395"},{"product_id":"seachem-plant-pack-enhancer-npk","title":"Seachem Plant Pack: Enhancer (NPK)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe three macro nutrients a planted tank runs short of first — dosed independently, not locked into one ratio.\u003c\/strong\u003e Seachem Plant Pack Enhancer (NPK) bundles 100 mL bottles of Flourish Nitrogen, Flourish Phosphorus and Flourish Potassium, so you can add exactly the macro nutrient your plants are short of, guided by test results rather than a fixed blend.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt suits medium to high-light planted aquariums where light is no longer the limiting factor and macro nutrients are — the stage most planted tanks reach once the easy wins from Plant Pack Fundamentals are already in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the pack\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlourish Nitrogen (100 mL)\u003c\/strong\u003e — nitrate plus a complexed ammonium form plants prefer; no free ammonia reaches the water, since it only becomes available as plants take it up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlourish Phosphorus (100 mL)\u003c\/strong\u003e — a nitrate-free potassium phosphate solution (0.3% available P₂O₅), so you can lift phosphorus without pushing nitrate up alongside it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlourish Potassium (100 mL)\u003c\/strong\u003e — a concentrated potassium supplement, the macro nutrient most easily depleted in a fast-growing planted tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy dose N, P and K separately\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA combined NPK product locks you into whatever ratio the bottle was mixed at — fine until one nutrient runs low while another is already at target. Dosing from three bottles means you add what a test kit or the plants themselves show is missing, rather than force-feeding a nutrient that's already sufficient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDosage and directions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBottle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBeginner dose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRaises\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlourish Nitrogen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 mL per 160 L, twice weekly or as needed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNitrogen, roughly equivalent to 1 mg\/L nitrate per full dose across the tank\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlourish Phosphorus\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 mL per 80 L, once or twice weekly or as needed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePhosphorus by about 0.05 mg\/L (0.15 mg\/L phosphate) per dose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlourish Potassium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mL (1 capful) per 125 L, 2–3 times weekly or as needed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePotassium by about 2 mg\/L per dose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDose in response to deficiency signs — stunted growth or chlorosis for nitrogen, dark green but stalled growth for phosphorus, yellowing or pinholed older leaves for potassium — rather than on a fixed schedule regardless of what the plants are showing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich bottle runs out first?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll three bottles are 100 mL, but they don't last the same length of time, because each is dosed at a different rate. At the beginner dose above: Flourish Potassium is the first to empty, at around 2,500 L of dosed tank water; Flourish Phosphorus follows at around 3,200 L; Flourish Nitrogen lasts longest, to around 6,400 L. In practice that means you'll likely need a second bottle of Potassium before the other two run out — worth knowing before you assume the pack empties evenly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e medium to high-light freshwater planted aquariums where macro nutrients, not light, are limiting growth. Safe around shrimp and other freshwater invertebrates at labelled doses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e reef or marine tanks. Not a substitute for testing — dosing phosphorus or nitrogen beyond what plants can use will feed algae, not plants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOverdosing phosphorus or nitrogen beyond plant uptake capacity is the main risk with any macro-nutrient dosing — it feeds algae rather than plants. Monitor with a nitrate and phosphate test kit and dose to the reading, not just the calendar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeachem Plant Pack Fundamentals\u003c\/strong\u003e — the trace element, iron and liquid carbon side of a complete dosing regime.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA nitrate and phosphate test kit\u003c\/strong\u003e — to dose to an actual reading rather than a guess.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndividual Flourish Nitrogen, Phosphorus or Potassium bottles\u003c\/strong\u003e — for topping up whichever nutrient in this pack you burn through first.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by Seachem's standard quality guarantee in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard shipping; no cold chain or special handling required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I need all three bottles at once?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly dose the nutrient your plants or test results show is low. Having all three on hand just means you're not caught short when a deficiency shows up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill this cause an algae bloom?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly if you dose past what your plants can use — test before and after dosing so nitrogen and phosphorus are being taken up, not accumulating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the difference between this and Seachem Flourish (the all-in-one)?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFlourish is a broad-spectrum trace element supplement and deliberately low in nitrogen and phosphorus. This pack covers the three macro nutrients Flourish doesn't, dosed independently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs it reef safe?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo — this pack is formulated for freshwater planted aquariums, not marine or reef systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhich bottle should I expect to reorder first?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFlourish Potassium, at the standard dosing rates above — it's the first of the three to run out on a typical dosing schedule.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773859844387,"sku":"724903-1115","price":53.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/1115-plant-pack-enhancer.png?v=1782710395"},{"product_id":"seachem-plant-pack-fundamentals","title":"Seachem Plant Pack: Fundamentals","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEverything a new planted tank needs to get growing, in three 100 mL bottles.\u003c\/strong\u003e Seachem Plant Pack Fundamentals bundles Flourish, Flourish Iron and Flourish Excel — broad-spectrum trace elements, a dedicated iron supplement, and a liquid carbon source — as a starter dosing regime for a freshwater planted aquarium.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's aimed at a first planted tank, or as a low-commitment way to trial Seachem's core plant line before buying full-size bottles. Once macro nutrients (nitrogen, phosphorus, potassium) become the limiting factor rather than trace elements, the Plant Pack Enhancer (NPK) is the next step.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the pack\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlourish (100 mL)\u003c\/strong\u003e — the broad-spectrum growth supplement: calcium, magnesium, potassium and a wide trace-element spread, plus vitamins and amino acids. Deliberately low in nitrogen and phosphorus, so it doesn't feed algae.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlourish Iron (100 mL)\u003c\/strong\u003e — a complexed ferrous (Fe²⁺) iron supplement. Plants can use both ferric and ferrous iron but take up ferrous more readily, which is what keeps red-leaved plants red and new growth strong.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlourish Excel (100 mL)\u003c\/strong\u003e — a source of readily available organic carbon. Every plant needs a carbon source; Excel supplies it without CO₂ equipment, or as a supplement alongside CO₂ injection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDosage and directions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBottle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrequency\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlourish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mL (1 capful) per 250 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOnce or twice weekly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlourish Iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mL (1 capful) per 200 L, or as needed to maintain ≈0.10 mg\/L iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAs needed — test within 30 minutes of dosing, iron is used up fast\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlourish Excel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mL per 40 L on startup or after a water change over 40%; 5 mL per 200 L for maintenance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDaily or every other day (maintenance)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf dosing Flourish alongside Flourish Trace, alternate the days rather than dosing both together.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich bottle runs out first?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot the one you'd expect from the bottle sizes — all three are 100 mL, but Flourish Excel is dosed daily rather than weekly, so it empties in real time long before the other two. As a worked example on a 200 L tank: Flourish lasts roughly 20 doses at once-or-twice weekly (around 10–20 weeks); Flourish Iron is dosed to a test reading rather than a fixed schedule; Flourish Excel at the maintenance rate is a 5 mL dose every day or two, so a 100 mL bottle covers only around 20–40 days. Budget on reordering Excel well before the other two.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e new or lightly-stocked freshwater planted aquariums getting their first dosing routine started. Safe around shrimp and other freshwater invertebrates at labelled doses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e reef or marine tanks. Not a source of the macro nutrients nitrogen, phosphorus or potassium — see the Plant Pack Enhancer (NPK) once those become limiting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExcel is an organic carbon source rather than an inert additive — dose at the label rate rather than overdosing for a faster result, and keep an eye on sensitive shrimp or very soft-bodied invertebrates after starting, backing off the dose if you see any change in their behaviour. Iron is used up quickly in the water column; if you're testing to a target, test within about 30 minutes of dosing for an accurate reading.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeachem Plant Pack Enhancer (NPK)\u003c\/strong\u003e — the macro-nutrient side of a complete dosing regime, for once trace elements and carbon are no longer the limiting factor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAn iron test kit\u003c\/strong\u003e — iron depletes fast, so a quick test is more useful here than for most other dosed nutrients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull-size Flourish, Flourish Iron or Flourish Excel bottles\u003c\/strong\u003e — once you know this line suits your tank and want to stop refilling from a 100 mL starter bottle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by Seachem's standard quality guarantee in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard shipping; no cold chain or special handling required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this enough to fully dose a planted tank long-term?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's a starter kit at 100 mL per bottle — enough to trial the line and get a new tank started, but expect to move to full-size bottles once you've settled on a dosing routine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhich bottle will I need to reorder first?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlmost always Flourish Excel — it's dosed daily rather than weekly, so a 100 mL bottle runs out much faster in real time than the other two.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes this pack include the macro nutrients (NPK)?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo — Flourish is deliberately low in nitrogen and phosphorus. Add the Plant Pack Enhancer (NPK) once macro nutrients, not trace elements, are limiting growth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs Flourish Excel safe with shrimp?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost aquarists dose it around shrimp without issue at the label rate, but some shrimp and soft-bodied invertebrates are sensitive — start at the standard dose and watch their behaviour rather than dosing extra for a faster result.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhy test iron so soon after dosing?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIron is taken up by plants and oxidised quickly, so a reading taken more than 30 minutes after dosing will already read lower than what you actually added.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773860106531,"sku":"724902-1105","price":53.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/1105-plant-pack-fundamentals.png?v=1782710397"},{"product_id":"seachem-the-bag-13-x-25cm","title":"Seachem The Bag (13 x 25cm)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe filter bag that won't leak your Purigen.\u003c\/strong\u003e Seachem's The Bag is a welded-seam media bag with a superfine 180-micron polyethylene mesh — fine enough to hold the smallest filtration resins securely, with none of the loose stitching that lets media escape from cheaper bags.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuperfine 180-micron mesh\u003c\/strong\u003e holds even the finest resins — Purigen, CupriSorb and similar — without leaking into the tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWelded seams\u003c\/strong\u003e — no stitching to degrade, and fully resistant to bleach, caustics and acids, so it survives media regeneration cycles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eResealable locking closure\u003c\/strong\u003e — a plastic zip-tie style seal, no strings to knot or come loose.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e13 x 25.5 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e, securely holding about 500 mL of media.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible with the entire Seachem filtration media range\u003c\/strong\u003e, and with most other bagged media.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMesh size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 micron (superfine)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolyethylene, welded seams\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13 x 25.5 cm (5\" x 9.5\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCapacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 500 mL of media\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClosure\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResealable locking closure (zip-tie style)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChemical resistance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBleach, caustics and acids — safe through media regeneration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeachem\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e724916-3100\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBarcode\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e000116310000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow to use\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFill loosely with your chosen media, seal the closure, and position the bag where water flow through it is maximised. Don't overpack — media needs room for water to flow around it, and excessive force can stress any seam. Rinse the bag under tap water before first use to clear manufacturing dust.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for fine-grain resins and powders in any canister, sump or hang-on filter — Purigen, CupriSorb, and similarly fine media. Not needed for coarser media like ceramic rings or bio-balls, which are usually loose-filled or held in a coarser bag; the fine mesh restricts flow more than a wider-mesh bag would.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe welded seams and chemical resistance mean the bag itself can be reused indefinitely across multiple media changes — replace only the media inside it, not the bag, unless the mesh is visibly torn.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSeachem Purigen, MatrixCarbon or CupriSorb, and the Zip Bag range for coarser media that doesn't need a 180-micron mesh.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Seachem's standard quality guarantee in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard freight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill this stop Purigen beads escaping into my tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — the 180-micron mesh is fine enough to contain Purigen and similarly small resins, which is what it's designed for.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I reuse the bag after washing out old media?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The welded seams resist bleach, caustics and acids, so the bag can go through a full media regeneration cycle and be reused.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill it fit in my canister filter's media basket?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 13 x 25.5 cm it fits inside most canister and hang-on media baskets, but check your filter's basket dimensions before ordering if space is tight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes tighter mesh reduce water flow?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eSome, compared with a coarse bag — pack it loosely and position it in the highest-flow part of the media chamber to minimise the effect.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773860794659,"sku":"724916-3100","price":35.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/3100-the-bag-scaled.png?v=1782710396"},{"product_id":"seachem-zip-bag","title":"Seachem Zip Bag","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA zippered media bag with no strings, no ties, no spills.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Seachem Zip Bag range holds loose filter media behind a corrosion-proof zipper instead of a string tie — quick to open for media changes, secure while the filter's running. Three mesh sizes cover everything from fine chemical media to bulk Matrix.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCorrosion-proof zipper\u003c\/strong\u003e — opens in seconds for a media change, no strings or ties to knot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable stitched PVC construction\u003c\/strong\u003e across all three sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree mesh grades\u003c\/strong\u003e — fine (25 mesh), medium (16 mesh) and coarse (8 mesh) — matched to media particle size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo strings or ties\u003c\/strong\u003e to work loose in the filter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich size do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMesh\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCapacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBest for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 mesh (fine)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 x 14 cm (12.5\" x 5.5\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~1 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePhosGuard, PhosBond, MatrixCarbon, SeaGel, Renew, Zeolite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 mesh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 x 14 cm (12.5\" x 5.5\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~1 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntermediate to larger-grain media\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 mesh (coarse)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48 x 43 cm (19\" x 17\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~18 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBulk Matrix and Pond Matrix\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eSmall and Medium share the same footprint and differ only in mesh tightness — pick Small for fine powders and small-granule resins, Medium for coarser granular media. Large is a different bag entirely, sized for bulk bio-media in sumps and large canister filters.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePVC, stitched seams\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClosure\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCorrosion-proof zipper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuitability\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and saltwater\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeachem\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow to use\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFill with your chosen media, zip closed, and position in the filter so water flow through the bag is maximised. Rinse under tap water before first use. Not recommended for the finest powdered resins — the 25-mesh Small bag is coarser than Seachem's welded 180-micron \"The Bag,\" so for the smallest resins like Purigen, The Bag is the better fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for granular chemical and biological media — PhosGuard, PhosBond, MatrixCarbon, SeaGel, Renew, Zeolite, Matrix and Pond Matrix. Not suitable for the finest resin powders, which need the 180-micron mesh of Seachem's The Bag instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe zipper and stitched PVC construction are reusable across many media changes; rinse the bag out when you replace the media inside it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSeachem MatrixCarbon, PhosGuard or Matrix bio-media, and Seachem's The Bag for anyone also running a fine-grain resin like Purigen.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Seachem's standard quality guarantee in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard freight; the Large size ships in a bigger box due to its size.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the difference between Small and Medium?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eSame 32 x 14 cm footprint, different mesh: Small is 25 mesh for fine media, Medium is 16 mesh for coarser granules. Match the mesh to your media's particle size.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill the Large bag fit a hang-on filter?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eUnlikely — at 48 x 43 cm it's sized for sump baskets and large canister media chambers, not compact hang-on filters.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use this for Purigen?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot ideally. Purigen's fine granules are better contained by the 180-micron mesh of Seachem's The Bag; the Zip Bag range is coarser.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs the zipper safe long-term in saltwater?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it's built to be corrosion-proof for ongoing use in both freshwater and saltwater systems.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Small (12.5\" x 5.5\")","offer_id":54773861056803,"sku":"724917-1522","price":10.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Medium (12.5\" x 5.5\")","offer_id":55335432585507,"sku":"724918-1521","price":10.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Large (19\" x 17\")","offer_id":55335432618275,"sku":"724919-1505","price":22.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/1522-zip-bag-small.png?v=1782710397"},{"product_id":"seachem-reef-glue-20g","title":"Seachem Reef Glue 20g","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMount coral frags in seconds — even underwater.\u003c\/strong\u003e Seachem Reef Glue is a premium cyanoacrylate gel for fixing coral frags and colonies to reef rock and frag plugs. It grabs within seconds, holds hard, and can be applied with the frag still submerged — no need to pull corals out of the water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBonds in seconds, underwater or dry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFormula is 17× thicker than the previous version — more control, less stringing and mess\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo-mess cap, and an aluminium tube that keeps the glue workable far longer than plastic-bottled glues\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlso handy for freshwater aquascaping (mounting moss, anubias, ferns to hardscape) and general plastics repairs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e20 g (0.7 oz) tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeachem\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCyanoacrylate gel adhesive\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 g (0.7 oz)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePackaging\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium tube with no-mess cap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBond time\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeconds, underwater or dry\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e724936-3115\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBarcode\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e000116311502\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDispense a small bead before each use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApply a small amount to the coral frag and press it onto the plug or rock for 20 seconds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe the tip clean before recapping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot for adhering items to glass surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for \/ not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for mounting coral frags and colonies to rock or frag plugs in marine and reef aquariums, and for freshwater aquascaping tasks such as fixing moss or epiphytic plants to hardscape. Not suitable for bonding items to glass — it will not release cleanly and can mark the glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarning:\u003c\/strong\u003e cyanoacrylate bonds skin and eyes in seconds — keep away from children. If eye contact occurs, rinse with water for 5–10 minutes. A Safety Data Sheet is available from Seachem for full handling information.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by the standard consumer guarantees under Australian Consumer Law. In stock in Australia, dispatched from our North Lakes, QLD warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773861286179,"sku":"724936-3115","price":29.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/3115-reef-glue-scaled.png?v=1782710418"},{"product_id":"seachem-flourish-glue-8g-2-x-4g-tubes","title":"Seachem Flourish Glue 8g (2 x 4g Tubes)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlant it once and it stays put.\u003c\/strong\u003e Seachem Flourish Glue is a cyanoacrylate gel made for aquascaping — it bonds moss, anubias, bucephalandra and other epiphytes to rock, driftwood and gravel in seconds, and it sets underwater, so a rescape doesn't mean draining the tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBonds within seconds\u003c\/strong\u003e, submerged or dry, with a 20-second press for a strong hold.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnchors bunch plants\u003c\/strong\u003e — a dab of glue on the stems before planting keeps them in the substrate instead of floating free.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorks in freshwater and saltwater\u003c\/strong\u003e aquascapes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDoubles as a plastics repair glue\u003c\/strong\u003e for aquarium equipment and accessories.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAluminium tubes\u003c\/strong\u003e keep the gel fresh far longer than a plastic bottle between uses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCyanoacrylate gel adhesive\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × 4 g aluminium tubes (8 g total)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSet time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBonds within seconds; press for 20 seconds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and saltwater\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow to use\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDispense a small bead before each use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApply a small amount to moss, plant roots or the mounting surface and press together for 20 seconds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor bunch plants, dab glue on the stems and plant as normal — they'll stay anchored in the substrate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe the tip clean before recapping so the tube doesn't seal shut.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot for adhering items to glass surfaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for attaching moss, anubias, bucephalandra and similar epiphytes to rock, driftwood and gravel, in freshwater or saltwater.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable as a general plastics repair glue for aquarium gear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot suitable for bonding to glass or acrylic panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot a structural adhesive for heavy rockwork — use Flourish Epoxy for load-bearing hardscape bonds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-flourish-epoxy-114g\"\u003eSeachem Flourish Epoxy\u003c\/a\u003e — for structural rock and driftwood bonds Glue isn't designed for.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSeachem doesn't publish a fixed warranty term on this consumable product; your purchase is still covered by the consumer guarantees under Australian Consumer Law. Ships as a standard parcel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use Flourish Glue underwater?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it's designed to bond both submerged and out of water, in seconds either way.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs it safe for fish and shrimp once cured?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnce cured it's inert and used widely for planting mosses and epiphytes in livestock tanks. Uncured, it bonds skin and eyes in seconds — keep it away from children and rinse eye contact with water for 5–10 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use it on glass?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — Seachem states it isn't intended for adhering items to glass surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the difference between Flourish Glue and Flourish Epoxy?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eGlue is a fast, seconds-set cyanoacrylate for attaching moss and small plants to a surface. Epoxy is a slower, five-minute-working-time putty for structurally bonding rocks and driftwood together — use Glue for planting, Epoxy for hardscape construction.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773861318947,"sku":"724937-3116","price":22.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/3116-flourish-glue-scaled.png?v=1782710419"},{"product_id":"seachem-flourish-epoxy-114g","title":"Seachem Flourish Epoxy 114g","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLock your hardscape together before it locks you into a disaster.\u003c\/strong\u003e Seachem Flourish Epoxy is a two-part epoxy putty for securing rock stacks and driftwood in planted and reef aquariums — the insurance policy for iwagumi layouts, tall rock stacks and any scape where a collapse could crush plants, corals or livestock, or crack the glass. It's completely safe for aquarium inhabitants once cured.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFive-minute working time\u003c\/strong\u003e — enough time to knead, shape and position before it starts to set.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardens in about 15 minutes, fully cured within 24 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e — submerged or in open air.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMechanical grip on rough surfaces\u003c\/strong\u003e — presses into pores and grooves in stone and driftwood rather than just surface-bonding.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo colours\u003c\/strong\u003e — Grey and Brown perform identically; pick whichever blends with your hardscape.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eResealable storage\u003c\/strong\u003e — the 114 g stick comes in a plastic tube so unused putty stays usable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo-part epoxy putty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e114 g (2 oz) stick\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColours\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrey, Brown\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWorking time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 minutes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHardens\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 15 minutes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFull cure\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 hours, submerged or emerged\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and saltwater\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow to use\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWear latex gloves if you have sensitive skin.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCut off the amount you need and reseal the rest in the storage tube.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove the film and knead until the colour is uniform throughout.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePress firmly around the base or contact point so the putty penetrates pores and grooves in the stone or wood.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosition your pieces within the 5-minute working window — it starts hardening from that point.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for bonding rock to rock, rock to driftwood, and driftwood to driftwood, in freshwater or saltwater, submerged or dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for reef rockwork as well as planted-tank hardscape once fully cured.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot a substitute for proper structural support on tall or heavy rock stacks — use it to stop pieces shifting, not as the sole support for an unstable structure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot intended as a general adhesive for glass or acrylic seams.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-flourish-glue-8g-2-x-4g-tubes\"\u003eSeachem Flourish Glue\u003c\/a\u003e — for attaching moss and epiphytes to the rockwork once it's positioned.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSeachem doesn't publish a fixed warranty term on this consumable product; your purchase is still covered by the consumer guarantees under Australian Consumer Law. Ships as a standard parcel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use Flourish Epoxy underwater?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It's designed to be applied and to cure both submerged and in open air, with a full cure of 24 hours either way.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs it safe for fish, shrimp and coral once cured?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eSeachem states it's completely safe for aquarium inhabitants. During application, avoid skin and eye contact — it causes irritation while uncured — and keep it away from heat and open flame.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes the colour affect performance?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Grey and Brown are functionally identical; the choice is purely about which blends better with your rockwork.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow long do I have to position my rocks before it sets?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eAbout 5 minutes of working time before it starts to harden, and roughly 15 minutes before it's fully hardened and no longer malleable.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Gray","offer_id":54773861581091,"sku":"724938-3125","price":37.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Brown","offer_id":55335432552739,"sku":"724939-3126","price":37.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/3125-flourish-epoxy-114-g-gray-scaled-scaled.png?v=1782710419"},{"product_id":"seachem-algae-scraper","title":"Seachem Algae Scraper","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe right edge for glass or acrylic, in one handle.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Seachem Algae Scraper is a 3-in-1 cleaning tool with three interchangeable working edges on a single cartridge — a metal blade for stubborn algae on glass, a plastic blade safe on both glass and acrylic, and a soft pad that is the first choice for acrylic and lifts algae out of existing scratches. Sold in three handle lengths: 15 cm, 31 cm and 46 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree edges, one cartridge\u003c\/strong\u003e — slide the cartridge out of the head, flip it and re-insert to change edge, with no tools and no spare parts to lose.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRetractable blade housing\u003c\/strong\u003e — the blade hides inside the head when it is not in use, which matters in a drawer or a bucket of wet gear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo blade heights\u003c\/strong\u003e — set the blade proud for hard algae or shallow for a light pass close to silicone seams.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIt floats\u003c\/strong\u003e — drop it in a deep tank and it comes back up, rather than landing on your aquascape.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite body\u003c\/strong\u003e — removed algae shows against the tool, so you can see what you have actually cleared.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eErgonomic handle with a hanging hole\u003c\/strong\u003e — comfortable in several grips, and it stores on a hook instead of in the sump cabinet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreshwater and marine\u003c\/strong\u003e — no coatings or additives to worry about in a reef system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich size do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBarcode\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhere it earns its keep\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15 cm (6 inch)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3199\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e000116031998\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNano and desktop tanks, sumps, and tight aquascapes where a long handle fouls the hardscape\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31 cm (12 inch)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3207\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e000116032070\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe general-purpose length for most standard display tanks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46 cm (18 inch)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3208\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e000116032087\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDeep and tall tanks, where the extra reach keeps your shoulder out of the water\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll three take the same three working edges. Replacement parts are a different story: the 31 cm and 46 cm handles share the same replacement blade, pad and cartridge, but Seachem does not list separate replacement parts for the 15 cm (3199) model — treat it as non-serviceable rather than assuming it takes the same spares as the two longer handles. Length is otherwise the only difference — choose it by how far you need to reach to the substrate, not by tank volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich edge for which tank\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEdge\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAcrylic\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat it is for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal blade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo — will damage acrylic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHard, established algae and coralline that will not shift any other way\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlastic blade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes, with care\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEveryday scraping. Take care near the gravel line, where a trapped grain can mark acrylic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoft pad\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes — first choice\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFilm algae, routine wipe-downs, and lifting algae out of scratches in older acrylic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe metal blade is for glass only. There is no way to make it safe on acrylic, so if you own an acrylic tank, leave that edge in the drawer and work with the pad and plastic blade.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eScraper handle and head\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCartridge with the moulded plastic blade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMetal blade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSoft scrubbing pad\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e replacement metal blades, replacement pads and replacement cartridges are consumables and are sold separately for the 31 cm and 46 cm handles. The plastic blade is part of the cartridge, so a worn plastic edge means a new cartridge rather than a new blade.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGlass aquariums, freshwater and marine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAcrylic aquariums, using the soft pad and plastic blade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSumps, overflow boxes and quarantine tanks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone who would rather not put a bare razor blade near a silicone seam\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRunning the metal blade on acrylic, at any blade height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorking over silicone seams with the metal blade — it will cut them\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTanks deeper than the handle reaches; step up a size rather than putting your arm in to the shoulder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMagnet-cleaner duty. This is a hand tool and needs you in the water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and spares\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse in fresh water and dry the metal blade after every use. Salt left on a blade is what ends its life, not algae.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the blade edge before each session. A chipped metal blade will score glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWork top down, and keep the head off the substrate. Sand picked up at the gravel line is the usual cause of a scratched panel on any tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRetract the blade before storing, and hang it by the handle hole.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep it for aquarium use only — detergent residue is the one thing that makes a clean tool unsafe.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-algae-scraper-replacement-blades-3-pack\"\u003eSeachem Algae Scraper Replacement Blades, 3 pack\u003c\/a\u003e — the metal blades, which are the part that wears fastest.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-algae-scraper-replacement-pads-3-pack\"\u003eSeachem Algae Scraper Replacement Pads, 3 pack\u003c\/a\u003e — the pads shaped for the scraper head.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-algae-scraper-replacement-cartridge\"\u003eSeachem Algae Scraper Replacement Cartridge\u003c\/a\u003e — needed when the moulded plastic blade wears down.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-algae-pad-25-mm-thick-3-pack\"\u003eSeachem Algae Pad 25 mm, 3 pack\u003c\/a\u003e — hand pads for the corners and equipment the scraper head cannot reach.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-phosguard\"\u003eSeachem PhosGuard\u003c\/a\u003e — if the glass needs doing weekly, phosphate control treats the cause.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and Australian notes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA hand tool with consumable blades and pads. Faults and misdescription are covered by the consumer guarantees under Australian Consumer Law, which apply in addition to anything the manufacturer offers. Normal wear of blades and pads in use is not a fault.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use the Seachem Algae Scraper on an acrylic tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, using the soft pad or the plastic blade. The metal blade is for glass only and will damage acrylic. The soft pad is the safest choice on acrylic and is also the edge that lifts algae out of existing scratches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow do I change from the blade to the pad?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlide the cartridge out of the scraper head, flip it over and re-insert it. It takes a few seconds and needs no tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat is the difference between the three sizes?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHandle length only, at 15 cm, 31 cm and 46 cm, and all three use the same three working edges. Replacement parts, though, are only sold for the 31 cm and 46 cm handles — Seachem doesn't list separate spares for the 15 cm. Pick by how deep your tank is: 15 cm for nanos and sumps, 31 cm for most standard tanks, 46 cm where you would otherwise be in the water to the shoulder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill it sink if I drop it?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The scraper floats, so it comes back to the surface rather than landing on corals or a planted foreground.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs it safe in a reef tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, in fresh and salt water. Rinse and dry the metal blade after use in salt water, since that is what shortens a blade's life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill the metal blade cut my silicone seams?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt can, and that is the most expensive mistake to make with any bladed scraper. Use the lower blade height near the corners, or switch to the pad for the last few centimetres before a seam.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"31cm (12 inch)","offer_id":54773861679395,"sku":"724941-3207","price":66.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"15cm (6 inch)","offer_id":55335263928611,"sku":"724940-3199","price":70.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"46cm (18 inch)","offer_id":55335263961379,"sku":"724942-3208","price":96.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/3207-algae-scraper-12-inch-scaled.png?v=1782710420"},{"product_id":"seachem-algae-scraper-replacement-blades-3-pack","title":"Seachem Algae Scraper Replacement Blades 3 pack","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA blunt blade turns a two-minute job into ten.\u003c\/strong\u003e These are the genuine Seachem replacement metal blades for the Seachem Algae Scraper, three to a pack. The metal blade is the tool's heavy edge — it shears hard green spot algae and coralline off aquarium glass in one pass, where the plastic blade and the soft pad are still working at it. Seachem lists this refill as fitting scraper models 3207 (31 cm) and 3208 (46 cm).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree metal blades per pack\u003c\/strong\u003e — blades are a wear item, and a fresh edge is what stops you leaning on the glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass aquariums only\u003c\/strong\u003e — Seachem states the metal blade is not for use on acrylic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlides into the removable cartridge\u003c\/strong\u003e — no tools, and the scraper head never has to come apart\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRetracts into the head\u003c\/strong\u003e — the blade hides inside the scraper between cleans, so nothing sits edge-up in the maintenance bucket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReversible cartridge\u003c\/strong\u003e — load a metal blade at one end and a soft pad at the other, then flip mid-clean\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal blade refill for the Seachem Algae Scraper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 blades\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeachem Algae Scraper 31 cm (model 3207) and 46 cm (model 3208)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSurface\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlass only — not for acrylic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and marine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3212\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich refill do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe scraper takes three working surfaces, and they differ in what they will safely touch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRefill\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse on\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBest at\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal blades, 3 pack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlass only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHard green spot algae and coralline\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoft pads, 3 pack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlass and acrylic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFilm algae, and algae sitting in shallow scratches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReplacement cartridge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlass; built-in plastic blade generally safe on acrylic with light pressure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReplacing the worn housing itself\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e glass aquariums · hard green spot algae and coralline · freshwater and marine tanks · owners of the 31 cm or 46 cm Seachem Algae Scraper.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e acrylic aquariums, where a metal blade leaves permanent scratches · the 15 cm Seachem Algae Scraper (model 3199), which Seachem does not list among the fitments for this refill · silicone seams, which any blade can cut.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse in fresh water and dry the blade after every clean, especially after marine use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the edge for trapped sand before each pass — one grain caught under a blade scores glass in a straight line\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplace as soon as the edge drags rather than cuts, because a worn blade needs pressure and pressure is what scratches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-algae-scraper\"\u003eSeachem Algae Scraper\u003c\/a\u003e — the tool this refill fits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-algae-scraper-replacement-pads-3-pack\"\u003eSeachem Algae Scraper Replacement Pads\u003c\/a\u003e — the acrylic-safe surface to load at the other end of the cartridge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-algae-scraper-replacement-cartridge\"\u003eSeachem Algae Scraper Replacement Cartridge\u003c\/a\u003e — for when the housing is worn, not just the blade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/seachem\"\u003eThe full Seachem range\u003c\/a\u003e — media, treatments and spares\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBlades are a consumable and carry no separate manufacturer warranty term. Your rights under the Australian Consumer Law apply regardless and cannot be excluded. Ships as a standard parcel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhich Seachem Algae Scraper do these blades fit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eSeachem lists this metal blade refill as fitting the 31 cm (model 3207) and 46 cm (model 3208) Algae Scrapers. It is not listed for the 15 cm scraper, model 3199.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use a Seachem metal blade on an acrylic tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Seachem states the metal blade is not for use on acrylic. Use the soft pad refill instead, or the plastic blade built into the cartridge with light pressure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow do I change the blade?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eSlide the cartridge out of the scraper head, seat the new blade in the cartridge, and slide it back in. There are no tools and no screws.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow often should the blade be replaced?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eSeachem does not publish an interval. Replace on feel: when a patch needs a second or third pass, the edge has gone.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773861810467,"sku":"724944-3212","price":29.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/seachem_replacement_blades.png?v=1782710422"},{"product_id":"seachem-algae-scraper-replacement-cartridge","title":"Seachem Algae Scraper Replacement Cartridge","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen the housing wears out, the blades have nothing to hold them.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Seachem Algae Scraper Replacement Cartridge is the sliding insert that carries every working surface on the scraper — and it is the only way to buy the hard plastic blade, which is moulded into the housing rather than sold separately. Seachem supplies it as a kit: the plastic housing, one metal blade and one soft pad. It fits the 31 cm and 46 cm Algae Scrapers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlastic cartridge housing, with the hard plastic blade built in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 metal blade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 soft pad\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eNot included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe Algae Scraper itself — this is the insert only, not the tool\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpare blades or pads beyond the one of each supplied\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree surfaces in one insert\u003c\/strong\u003e — the built-in plastic blade, plus a metal blade and a soft pad you seat at either end\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReversible\u003c\/strong\u003e — load two different surfaces facing opposite ways and flip mid-clean instead of walking back to the bucket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRetractable\u003c\/strong\u003e — pulls fully into the scraper head, so a metal blade is never left exposed in storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe only source of the plastic blade\u003c\/strong\u003e — it is moulded into the housing and is not sold on its own\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTool-free\u003c\/strong\u003e — the cartridge slides out of the head by hand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReplacement cartridge kit for the Seachem Algae Scraper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupplied with\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlastic housing with built-in plastic blade, 1 metal blade, 1 soft pad\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeachem Algae Scraper 31 cm and 46 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSurface\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal blade glass only; plastic blade and soft pad glass and acrylic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and marine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3211\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich refill do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe scraper takes three working surfaces, and they differ in what they will safely touch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRefill\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse on\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBest at\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal blades, 3 pack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlass only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHard green spot algae and coralline\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoft pads, 3 pack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlass and acrylic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFilm algae, and algae sitting in shallow scratches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReplacement cartridge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlass; built-in plastic blade generally safe on acrylic with light pressure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReplacing the worn housing itself\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e a cartridge that has cracked, lost its grip on a blade, or worn its plastic edge round · keeping a second cartridge pre-loaded for quick swaps · freshwater and marine tanks · owners of the 31 cm or 46 cm Seachem Algae Scraper.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e the 15 cm Seachem Algae Scraper, which Seachem does not list among the fitments · buyers who only need a fresh cutting edge — the blade or pad refills are the cheaper answer · use of the metal blade on acrylic.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse and dry the cartridge after every clean; salt creep stiffens the slide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplace the housing when the built-in plastic edge rounds off, or when a blade no longer seats firmly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRetract the cartridge fully before storing the scraper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-algae-scraper\"\u003eSeachem Algae Scraper\u003c\/a\u003e — the tool this cartridge fits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-algae-scraper-replacement-blades-3-pack\"\u003eSeachem Algae Scraper Replacement Blades\u003c\/a\u003e — three metal blades to keep the cartridge loaded\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-algae-scraper-replacement-pads-3-pack\"\u003eSeachem Algae Scraper Replacement Pads\u003c\/a\u003e — three soft pads, the acrylic-safe surface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/seachem\"\u003eThe full Seachem range\u003c\/a\u003e — media, treatments and spares\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe cartridge is a wear part and carries no separate manufacturer warranty term. Your rights under the Australian Consumer Law apply regardless and cannot be excluded. Ships as a standard parcel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes the Seachem Algae Scraper cartridge come with blades?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Seachem supplies it as a kit containing the plastic housing, one metal blade and one soft pad. The hard plastic blade is part of the housing itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I buy the plastic blade on its own?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The plastic blade is moulded into the cartridge housing, so replacing the cartridge is the only way to renew it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhich scrapers does the cartridge fit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eSeachem lists it as fitting both the 31 cm and the 46 cm Algae Scraper. It is not listed for the 15 cm model.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eShould I buy a cartridge or just a blade refill?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf the scraper still holds a blade firmly and the plastic edge is square, buy the blade or pad refill. Buy the cartridge when the housing itself is cracked, loose or worn round.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs the plastic blade safe on acrylic?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eSeachem describes it as safe on glass and generally safe on acrylic, but acrylic scratches under pressure or from trapped grit. On acrylic the soft pad is the safer first choice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773862269219,"sku":"724943-3211","price":25.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/seachem_replacement_cartridge.png?v=1782710423"},{"product_id":"seachem-algae-scraper-replacement-pads-3-pack","title":"Seachem Algae Scraper Replacement Pads 3 pack","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe only surface on the scraper you can lean on an acrylic tank with.\u003c\/strong\u003e These are the genuine Seachem replacement soft pads for the Seachem Algae Scraper, three to a pack. A pad works differently to a blade: it does not shear algae off, it wipes it away — which is why it reaches into shallow scratches a rigid edge simply bridges over. Seachem supplies these pads for the removable scraper cartridge used in the 31 cm and 46 cm models.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree soft pads per pack\u003c\/strong\u003e — the surface that loads up with algae fastest, so the one worth having spares of\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAcrylic-safe\u003c\/strong\u003e — the recommended surface for acrylic tanks, where the metal blade cannot be used at all\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCleans inside shallow scratches\u003c\/strong\u003e — a pad conforms to the surface, so algae sitting in an old scratch comes out instead of staying put\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorks on glass too\u003c\/strong\u003e — for everyday film algae a pad is quicker than a blade and puts no pressure on the silicone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeats in the reversible cartridge\u003c\/strong\u003e — pair a pad at one end with a metal blade at the other and flip as you work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoft pad refill for the Seachem Algae Scraper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 pads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeachem Algae Scraper 31 cm and 46 cm, via the removable cartridge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSurface\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlass and acrylic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and marine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3214\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich refill do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe scraper takes three working surfaces, and they differ in what they will safely touch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRefill\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse on\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBest at\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal blades, 3 pack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlass only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHard green spot algae and coralline\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoft pads, 3 pack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlass and acrylic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFilm algae, and algae sitting in shallow scratches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReplacement cartridge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlass; built-in plastic blade generally safe on acrylic with light pressure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReplacing the worn housing itself\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e acrylic aquariums and acrylic sumps · soft green film algae and diatoms · tanks with existing scratches that trap algae · freshwater and marine · owners of the 31 cm or 46 cm Seachem Algae Scraper.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e hard coralline or baked-on green spot algae, which needs the metal blade on glass · the 15 cm Seachem Algae Scraper, which Seachem does not list among the fitments · use as a general-purpose sponge outside the scraper cartridge.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse the pad in tank water or fresh water after each clean and let it dry — a damp pad left in a bucket sours quickly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNever let a pad pick up sand or gravel; grit trapped in the foam is what puts new scratches in acrylic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplace when the pad glazes over or stops gripping, rather than pressing harder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep pads used in a treated or medicated tank separate from your other gear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-algae-scraper\"\u003eSeachem Algae Scraper\u003c\/a\u003e — the tool these pads fit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-algae-scraper-replacement-blades-3-pack\"\u003eSeachem Algae Scraper Replacement Blades\u003c\/a\u003e — the glass-only metal edge for the hard stuff\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-algae-scraper-replacement-cartridge\"\u003eSeachem Algae Scraper Replacement Cartridge\u003c\/a\u003e — the housing the pads seat into\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/seachem\"\u003eThe full Seachem range\u003c\/a\u003e — media, treatments and spares\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePads are a consumable and carry no separate manufacturer warranty term. Your rights under the Australian Consumer Law apply regardless and cannot be excluded. Ships as a standard parcel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eAre Seachem soft pads safe on an acrylic aquarium?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Seachem positions the soft pad as the recommended surface for acrylic tanks, where the metal blade must not be used. Keep grit out of the pad and the acrylic stays unmarked.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill a soft pad clean algae out of a scratch?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, from shallow ones. The pad conforms to the surface and lifts algae from inside a shallow scratch, where a rigid blade rides straight over the top.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhich scrapers do these pads fit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey seat in the removable cartridge used by the 31 cm and 46 cm Seachem Algae Scraper. Seachem does not list them for the 15 cm model.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow long does a pad last?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eSeachem does not publish a life. Replace when the pad glazes over, stops gripping, or has picked up grit — pressing harder on a spent pad is how acrylic gets damaged.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use a pad instead of a blade on glass?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor routine film algae, yes, and it is gentler on silicone seams. For hard green spot algae or coralline on glass, the metal blade is the tool that will actually shift it.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773862301987,"sku":"724945-3214","price":16.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/seachem_replacement_pads.png?v=1782710444"},{"product_id":"seachem-matrix-100l-drum","title":"Seachem Matrix 100L Drum","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSerious biofiltration at fish-room scale.\u003c\/strong\u003e This 100-litre drum of Seachem Matrix is the bulk format of one of the world's most proven biological media — sized for retailers, breeders, aquaculture setups, pond builders and monster multi-tank systems. At the standard rate of 250 mL per 200 L of water, this drum supports roughly \u003cstrong\u003e80,000 litres\u003c\/strong\u003e of aquarium.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy Matrix outperforms plastic media\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHighly porous 10 mm inorganic stone with over ~700 m² of surface area per litre — one litre of Matrix equals the surface area of about 170 L of plastic bio-balls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProvides both external \u003cem\u003eand\u003c\/em\u003e internal macroporous surface, with pores ideally sized for bacteria\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports aerobic \u003cem\u003eand\u003c\/em\u003e anaerobic species — so it removes nitrate along with ammonia and nitrite, simultaneously, in the same filter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompletely inert: won't break down, won't affect pH, and never needs replacing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinseable — most bacteria live inside the stone, so cleaning off detritus doesn't crash the colony\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eUsing it\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDose 250 mL per 200 L (50 US gal) of water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with all wet and wet\/dry filters; most effective in canister filters and sumps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge enough that no media bag is needed in most applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace after mechanical and chemical media in the flow path\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeed with Seachem Stability to establish the biofilter faster; anaerobic nitrate removal typically develops over a couple of weeks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGood to know:\u003c\/strong\u003e natural colour and size variation between pieces is normal. If nitrates hold steady rather than falling, that means production and removal are balanced — add more Matrix to tip the balance.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773862924579,"sku":"725056-112","price":1753.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/0112-matrix-100_l_b2017ad3-3e94-4077-8f98-97605dd86190.jpg?v=1782710092"},{"product_id":"seachem-ph-alert-6-month","title":"Seachem pH Alert (6 Month)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKnow your pH at a glance, every day — no strips, no drops.\u003c\/strong\u003e Seachem pH Alert is a continuous colour-changing sensor for freshwater aquariums. Placed anywhere visible in the tank or filter, its sensor shifts reversibly from yellow through orange to red as pH moves between 5.4 and 8.0 — just match the sensor colour against the included colour wheel to read your pH.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eContinuous monitoring\u003c\/strong\u003e — catches pH swings between water tests, rather than only the moment you happen to test.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReads pH from 5.4 to 8.0\u003c\/strong\u003e on a simple colour wheel — no reagents, no liquid tests.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFast response\u003c\/strong\u003e — first reading available around 30 minutes after installation; after that, pH shifts register within roughly 10 minutes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLong service life\u003c\/strong\u003e — rated for around 6 months of continuous use, up to 4× longer than competing colour indicators.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact\u003c\/strong\u003e — nearly half the size of competing monitors, so it stays unobtrusive in the display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreshwater use only\u003c\/strong\u003e — not formulated for marine or brackish water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeachem\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003epH Alert\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003epH range read\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.4–8.0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInitial response time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 30 minutes after installation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSubsequent response time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 10 minutes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRated service life\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAround 6 months\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReading method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour wheel comparison, no reagents required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e725035-20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBarcode\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e116002004\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe algae away with a clean, soft material only — no bleach, soap, detergents or hard objects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSome dye-based medications may discolour the sensor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRead under natural or daylight-spectrum lighting for best sensitivity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplace the unit when the sensor colour visibly fades or washes out — that's the end-of-life signal, generally around 6 months of continuous use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e freshwater community, planted and cichlid tanks where you want an at-a-glance pH check between full water tests.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e marine or brackish aquariums — the sensor and colour range are calibrated for freshwater pH only. Use a marine-specific test kit for saltwater systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Seachem's standard quality guarantee at the time of sale, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Ships as a standard parcel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use pH Alert in a saltwater tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. pH Alert is formulated for freshwater use only and isn't calibrated for marine pH ranges.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow do I know when it needs replacing?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhen the sensor colour visibly fades or washes out, it's exhausted and ready to be replaced — generally after around 6 months of continuous use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes it replace a liquid pH test kit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt's a continuous, at-a-glance monitor rather than a precision test — it's best used alongside occasional liquid testing, not as a full replacement for it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill medications affect the reading?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eSome dye-based medications can discolour the sensor and affect its accuracy while they're in the water.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhere should I place it?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eAnywhere it stays visible in the tank or filter — visibility is what makes it useful as an at-a-glance check.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773864562979,"sku":"725035-20","price":29.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/0020-ph-alert.png?v=1782710445"},{"product_id":"seachem-alerts-combo-pack","title":"Seachem Alerts Combo Pack","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e24\/7 monitoring of the two parameters that kill the most fish — in one pack.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Seachem Alerts Combo Pack pairs an Ammonia Alert (1 Year) with a pH Alert sensor, giving your freshwater aquarium continuous protection with no test kits, chemicals or sampling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAmmonia Alert — lasts over a year\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContinuously detects toxic free ammonia below 0.05 mg\/L, changing from yellow (Safe) through green (Alert ~0.05) and Alarm (~0.2) to blue (Toxic ~0.5 mg\/L)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eResponds to rising ammonia in about 15 minutes — catches trouble before fish show stress\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReads only harmful free ammonia (NH3), so it won't false-alarm on harmless ammonium like total-ammonia kits do\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003epH Alert — continuous pH readings\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSensor shifts yellow → orange → red across pH 5.4–8.0; match against the colour wheel to read\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRegisters pH shifts within ~10 minutes once established\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFreshwater use only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare (both sensors)\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe algae with a soft cloth only — no bleach, soap, detergents or scrubbing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid touching sensor surfaces; some dye medications may discolour them\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRead under natural or daylight-spectrum lighting for best accuracy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eSmall, clear and unobtrusive — both monitors sit quietly in the tank without spoiling the view. An ideal early-warning setup for new tanks, quarantine systems and busy fish rooms.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"6 Month","offer_id":55335432651043,"sku":"725033-12","price":37.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"1 Year","offer_id":54773864595747,"sku":"725034-13","price":56.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/0013-one-year-combo-alert-scaled.png?v=1782710446"},{"product_id":"seachem-gold-basics-50ml","title":"Seachem Gold Basics 50ml","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne bottle, three jobs, one healthy goldfish bowl.\u003c\/strong\u003e Seachem Gold Basics is a single-dose water conditioner built specifically for goldfish bowls and small tanks, where water quality shifts fast and there is no biological filter doing the heavy lifting. It removes chlorine and chloramine from tap water, detoxifies ammonia, and buffers pH to the neutral 7.0 that goldfish do best at.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemoves chlorine and chloramine\u003c\/strong\u003e — makes tap water safe on contact.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetoxifies ammonia\u003c\/strong\u003e — the most common cause of stress and illness in bowls and small unfiltered tanks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuffers to pH 7.0\u003c\/strong\u003e — the stable, neutral pH goldfish are kept at, rather than whatever the tap delivers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne product, one dose\u003c\/strong\u003e — no separate dechlorinator and buffer to measure out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAround $0.10 per litre treated\u003c\/strong\u003e — a 50 mL bottle treats roughly 94 L before it runs out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTreats\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 94 L (25 US gal) per bottle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e½ capful per 4 L (1 US gal)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTarget pH\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRemoves \/ detoxifies\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChlorine, chloramine, ammonia\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater — goldfish bowls and tanks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCost per litre treated\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$0.10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDosage and directions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdd ½ capful for every 4 L (1 US gallon) of water. Dose with every water change, or once a week — whichever comes around first. Shake before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for goldfish bowls, tubs and small unfiltered or lightly filtered tanks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot formulated or tested for marine or reef systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot a substitute for a cycled biological filter in tanks stocked beyond bowl density — it detoxifies ammonia, it doesn't process it the way bacteria do.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor aquarium use only. Follow the stated dose — more is not more effective and just wastes product. Keep out of reach of children.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by the manufacturer's quality guarantee, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard shipping from our North Lakes warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I still need a separate dechlorinator?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Gold Basics removes chlorine and chloramine on its own, alongside detoxifying ammonia and buffering pH.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow long does one bottle last?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt the standard dose, a 50 mL bottle treats around 94 L in total — for a 4 L bowl with weekly water changes, that is roughly six months.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill it work in a filtered tank, not just a bowl?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is formulated for goldfish generally; bowls are where it does the most work, since there is no filter backing it up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes it lower pH if my tap water is already above 7.0?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeachem's published information for this product does not state its behaviour where source water is already alkaline. Treat 7.0 as the target and test your own water if you are unsure.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773868134691,"sku":"725020-404","price":9.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/0404-gold-basics-50-ml.png?v=1782710446"},{"product_id":"seachem-fish-net","title":"Seachem Fish Net","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne net range, right size for anything from shrimp fry to full-grown cichlids.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Seachem Fish Net range covers six hoop sizes from 8.5 cm (3\") to 30 cm (12\"), each available in standard or fine mesh, so there's a size and mesh combination for fry, shrimp, community fish and large cichlids alike. This listing covers the full range — pick the size and mesh that matches what's going in it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSix hoop sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e — 8.5, 12.5, 15, 20, 25 and 30 cm (3\", 5\", 6\", 8\", 10\" and 12\"), so small breeding tanks and full-size display tanks both have a proper fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard and fine mesh\u003c\/strong\u003e — standard mesh for general fishkeeping, fine mesh for fry, shrimp and delicate long-finned species that can snag on a wider weave.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard and long handles\u003c\/strong\u003e — a 30 cm (12\") handle as standard, with a 40 cm (16\") long-handle option on the 12.5 cm (5\") and 20 cm (8\") nets for deeper tanks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft mesh\u003c\/strong\u003e — gentler on fins and slime coats than a stiff, coarse net.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreshwater and saltwater safe\u003c\/strong\u003e — the same net works across both setups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHoop sizes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.5 cm (3\") · 12.5 cm (5\") · 15 cm (6\") · 20 cm (8\") · 25 cm (10\") · 30 cm (12\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMesh\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard or fine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHandle length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 cm (12\") standard; 40 cm (16\") long-handle option on 5\" and 8\" hoops\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and saltwater\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich one do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHoop size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBest for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.5 cm (3\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShrimp, fry and nano fish in small tanks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12.5 cm (5\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall community fish; long-handle version for deeper tanks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15 cm (6\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGeneral community tank use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 cm (8\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarger community fish; long-handle version for deeper tanks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 cm (10\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGoldfish, cichlids and other larger fish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 cm (12\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBig fish and wide-bodied species needing one calm scoop instead of a chase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose fine mesh over standard whenever fry, shrimp or long-finned species (bettas, fancy guppies) are involved — the tighter weave stops fins and legs catching.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e catching and moving fish and shrimp during water changes, treatment, sales or tank moves, in freshwater or saltwater.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e corals or fragile invertebrates that can be damaged by netting — use a container or cup instead.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRinse in fresh water after use, especially after saltwater use, and let the mesh air dry between tanks to reduce the chance of carrying disease or parasites between systems. Keep a net aside for quarantine or hospital tank use only if disease is present.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by Seachem's standard manufacturer warranty against defects, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard freight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the difference between standard and fine mesh?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFine mesh has a tighter weave that won't catch fins, whiskers or shrimp legs — better for fry, shrimp and long-finned fish. Standard mesh is fine for most community and larger fish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I need the long handle version?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly if the tank is deep enough that a 30 cm handle doesn't comfortably reach the bottom — the long-handle option adds 10 cm and is available on the 5\" and 8\" nets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use the same net in a saltwater and a freshwater tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe net itself is rated for both, but rinse it thoroughly between tanks to avoid transferring parasites or disease between systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat size net do I need for a goldfish?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 25 cm (10\") or 30 cm (12\") nets give goldfish and similarly large fish room to be scooped in one movement rather than chased around a smaller hoop.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"10 inch \/ Standard","offer_id":54773873967395,"sku":"724843-3226","price":18.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"3 inch \/ Standard","offer_id":55335262683427,"sku":"724839-3220","price":6.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"3 inch \/ Fine Mesh","offer_id":55335262716195,"sku":"724847-3228","price":7.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"5 inch \/ Standard","offer_id":55335262748963,"sku":"724840-3221","price":11.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"5 inch \/ Long Handle","offer_id":55335262781731,"sku":"724845-3222","price":13.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"5 inch \/ Fine Mesh","offer_id":55335262814499,"sku":"724848-3229","price":12.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"6 inch \/ Standard","offer_id":55335262847267,"sku":"724841-3223","price":13.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"8 inch \/ Standard","offer_id":55335262880035,"sku":"724842-3224","price":16.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"8 inch \/ Long Handle","offer_id":55335262912803,"sku":"724846-3225","price":18.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"8 inch \/ Fine Mesh","offer_id":55335262945571,"sku":"724849-3233","price":17.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"8 inch \/ Long Handle Fine Mesh","offer_id":55335262978339,"sku":"724852-3234","price":19.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"10 inch \/ Fine Mesh","offer_id":55335263011107,"sku":"724850-3235","price":20.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"12 inch \/ Standard","offer_id":55335263043875,"sku":"724844-3227","price":20.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"12 inch \/ Fine Mesh","offer_id":55335263076643,"sku":"724851-3236","price":22.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/3226-fish-net-10.png?v=1782710484"},{"product_id":"seachem-reef-complete","title":"Seachem Reef Complete","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConcentrated calcium that won't spike your pH.\u003c\/strong\u003e Seachem Reef Complete is a 160,000 mg\/L ionic calcium blend that also supplies magnesium and strontium in the ratio natural seawater carries them — the three elements hard corals, clams and coralline algae draw down fastest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConcentrated ionic calcium\u003c\/strong\u003e at 155–160 mg per gram of product.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMagnesium and strontium included\u003c\/strong\u003e, in a 100:5:0.1 ratio to calcium — matching natural seawater rather than calcium alone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWon't spike pH\u003c\/strong\u003e when dosed as directed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuits SPS, LPS, clams and coralline algae\u003c\/strong\u003e, all of which draw calcium down quickly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCosts under 1c per litre of tank water dosed\u003c\/strong\u003e at every pack size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePrice\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStandard dose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLitres this pack doses\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$12.95\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mL per 80 L, twice weekly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,600 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$19.95\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mL per 80 L, twice weekly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,000 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$22.95\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mL per 80 L, twice weekly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8,000 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTarget calcium is 380–420 mg\/L, with alkalinity held at 3–6 meq\/L (8–17 dKH) alongside it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eComponent\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAmount per gram\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCalcium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e155–160 mg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnesium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 mg minimum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStrontium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.16 mg minimum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActive constituents: calcium chloride, magnesium chloride, strontium chloride.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for reef aquariums with hard corals, clams or coralline algae drawing calcium down.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot a substitute for testing — dose to a calcium test result, not on a fixed schedule.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot for freshwater aquariums.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDosage and directions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeginner dose: 5 mL per 80 L, twice weekly. Check calcium every fortnight. Each 5 mL\/80 L dose raises calcium by roughly 10 mg\/L; do not exceed 12.5 mL per 80 L in a single day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a continuous dosing pump, Seachem publishes the formula m = vc\/160, where m is mL of Reef Complete, v is tank volume in litres and c is the mg\/L calcium rise wanted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCost per litre at every pack size works out under 1c, calculated on the standard dose:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCost per litre dosed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnder 1c per litre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnder 1c per litre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnder 1c per litre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCauses serious eye irritation — avoid contact with skin and eyes, and keep out of reach of children.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not exceed 12.5 mL per 80 L per day. Excess calcium can accelerate the loss of carbonate alkalinity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not mix directly with a carbonate or alkalinity supplement — dose on alternate days or space doses at least 30 minutes apart.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and storage\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the cap sealed between doses and store out of direct sunlight at room temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-reef-buffer\"\u003eSeachem Reef Buffer\u003c\/a\u003e — for pH alongside calcium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-reef-carbonate\"\u003eSeachem Reef Carbonate\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-reef-builder\"\u003eSeachem Reef Builder\u003c\/a\u003e — the alkalinity half of the balance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by the manufacturer's standard warranty against defects, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard freight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I dose Reef Complete and an alkalinity supplement on the same day?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, but not at the same time — space the two doses at least 30 minutes apart, or alternate days, so the calcium and carbonate don't react before they've mixed through the tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill Reef Complete affect my pH?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot when dosed as directed — it's formulated to add calcium without the pH swing a straight calcium chloride solution can cause.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the ratio of magnesium and strontium to calcium?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRoughly 100:5:0.1 — calcium, magnesium, strontium — matching the balance found in natural seawater.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this reef safe for SPS and clams?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — it's formulated specifically for the elements SPS, LPS, clams and coralline algae draw down fastest.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"100ml","offer_id":55242163061027,"sku":"AA0850","price":12.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"250ml","offer_id":55335266124067,"sku":"AA0851","price":19.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"500ml","offer_id":55335266156835,"sku":"AA0852","price":22.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/0615-reef-dip-100-ml_4079dd80-b0b5-48d5-ac8c-5086f0c3fc46.png?v=1782710511"},{"product_id":"seachem-phosbond-bag","title":"Seachem PhosBond (Bag)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe same phosphate and silicate remover as loose PhosBond, pre-packed in its own media bag so you can drop it straight into the filter.\u003c\/strong\u003e Seachem PhosBond (Bag) combines ferric oxide coated aluminium oxide to pull both phosphate and silicate out of fresh and saltwater in one pass, supplied ready to use without needing a separate mesh bag or reactor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemoves phosphate and silicate together\u003c\/strong\u003e — the same dual-action media as loose PhosBond.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePre-bagged\u003c\/strong\u003e — no need to buy or fill a separate media bag before use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFresh and saltwater safe\u003c\/strong\u003e — one product for either system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReusable\u003c\/strong\u003e — can be dried and returned to service until exhausted, and doesn't leach phosphate or silicate back out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e — 250 g and 500 g, sold by weight rather than volume.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeachem\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePhosBond, pre-packed in a media bag\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eComposition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFerric oxide coated aluminium oxide (GFO + aluminium oxide blend)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRemoves\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePhosphate and silicate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and marine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack sizes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 g, 500 g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse in\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCanister filter, media chamber, box filter or high-flow area of a trickle filter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReusable\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes — dry and return to service until exhausted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich size do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSeachem publishes PhosBond's dose rate by volume (60 mL per 200 L saltwater, or 60 mL per 400 L freshwater) rather than by weight, and we haven't been able to confirm an exact gram-to-millilitre conversion directly from Seachem for this pre-bagged pack. As a guide, the 500 g bag is roughly double the media of the 250 g bag — for a precise dose on a specific tank size, our loose Seachem PhosBond sizes (measured in mL) let you dose against Seachem's published volume-based rate directly, or ask our team and we'll help you match the bagged pack to your system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSetup and use\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePlace the bag directly into a canister filter, media chamber, box filter, or the high-flow section of a trickle filter — no need to decant it into your own media bag first. Test phosphate after 4 days in place; if it hasn't dropped to around 0.02 mg\/L, leave it running and test again in a few more days. Once levels are low and stable, the media can stay in place until they start climbing again.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e reef tanks and FOWLR systems fighting nuisance algae, freshwater tanks with excess phosphate, anyone who'd rather drop a ready-made bag straight in than fill their own.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e precise dosing where you need to match Seachem's published mL-based rate exactly — for that, the loose PhosBond sizes give you a direct volume to work from.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe media can be removed, rinsed and dried between uses and returned to service until it's fully exhausted — it doesn't release what it's captured back into the water. Replace it once it stops bringing phosphate back down after a few days in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Seachem's standard quality guarantee at the time of sale, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Ships as a standard parcel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the difference between this and the loose PhosBond?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eSame media, same job — this pack is already inside a media bag and sold by weight (250 g or 500 g) rather than volume, so there's nothing extra to buy or fill before using it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow do I know how much to use for my tank size?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eSeachem's published dose rate is by volume, not weight, so for a precise match to a specific tank size the loose mL-sized PhosBond is easier to dose exactly. For this bagged pack, treat 500 g as roughly double the 250 g bag and check with us if you want help sizing it to your system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use it in a freshwater tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — PhosBond works in both freshwater and saltwater; the underlying dose rate is simply lower for freshwater than saltwater.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I need my own media bag as well?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — this pack already comes bagged and ready to place into your filter.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"250g","offer_id":55335432290595,"sku":"BA8880","price":20.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"500g","offer_id":55242229317923,"sku":"BA8879","price":44.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/1263-phosbond-4-l_e6b9d613-e4a5-4af3-b269-4940ae83d77e.png?v=1782710512"},{"product_id":"seachem-cuprisorb-100ml-50g-bag","title":"Seachem CupriSorb 100ml 50g Bag","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRapidly clears copper and heavy metals from aquarium water.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeachem CupriSorb is a 100 mL bag of copper-specific chelating resin designed to strip copper and other heavy metals out of freshwater and saltwater aquariums. It works faster than carbon and, unlike simple cation exchange resins, stays effective in saltwater as well as freshwater, making it a go-to option for emergency copper removal after medicating with a copper-based treatment or dealing with metal contamination from tank hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCopper-specific chelating resin\u003c\/strong\u003e — extracts all types of copper, including chelated copper, from the water column.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemoves multiple heavy metals\u003c\/strong\u003e — also draws out nickel, zinc, cobalt, cadmium and manganese.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFaster than carbon\u003c\/strong\u003e — removes copper more rapidly and efficiently than activated carbon, useful for emergency copper removal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorks in freshwater and saltwater\u003c\/strong\u003e — as a true chelating resin it remains effective in marine systems, unlike ordinary cation exchange resins that only work in freshwater.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour-change exhaustion indicator\u003c\/strong\u003e — beads turn a pronounced deep blue-black when spent, so you can see at a glance when it needs replacing or regenerating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRegenerable\u003c\/strong\u003e — can be regenerated repeatedly with a muriatic acid soak rather than discarded after one use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWill not leach back into the tank\u003c\/strong\u003e — does not release anything into the water, so it is compatible with all aquarium species while in use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — a 250 mL dose treats 600 L (150 US gallons) and removes up to 12 ppm (mg\/L) of copper.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeachem\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCupriSorb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCopper-specific chelating adsorbent resin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mL \/ 50 g bag (SKU AA3653)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRemoves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCopper (all forms, including chelated copper), nickel, zinc, cobalt, cadmium, manganese\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and saltwater\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRegenerable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes, with a muriatic acid soak\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDosage and directions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne 100 mL pre-bagged packet of CupriSorb treats up to 60 US gallons (approximately 227 litres). For loose media, the standard rate is 250 mL per 600 L (150 US gallons), removing up to 12 ppm (mg\/L) of copper. Place CupriSorb in a filter media bag (such as Seachem's The Bag) positioned to maximise water flow through it, for example in a canister filter, chemical filtration module, box filter, or a high-flow area of a trickle filter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAquarium volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCupriSorb dose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 L (1 US gal)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.7 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 L (10 US gal)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16.7 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 L (20 US gal)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 L (60 US gal)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 L (150 US gal)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for \/ not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for freshwater and saltwater aquariums, including reef tanks and invertebrate or shrimp tanks, as CupriSorb does not release anything back into the water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot intended for permanent, continuous use in a filter — pulling out too much dissolved metal over time can deplete trace elements that fish, corals and invertebrates need, leading to tissue degradation, poor colouration and improper growth. Use it to bring elevated copper or heavy metal levels down, then remove or monitor it rather than leaving it running indefinitely.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWatch the beads: a pronounced colour change to deep blue-black means the media is exhausted.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep CupriSorb running for at least two weeks after a copper test reports a nil reading, to catch any further metal leaching from substrate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo regenerate, soak the resin in a non-metal container in a mix of 2 cups of water to ½ cup of muriatic acid (available from pool supply stores), for 1 hour, then rinse; repeat as needed until the original colour is restored. Always follow the warnings printed on the acid container and carry out the soak outdoors, away from children.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAfter the acid soak, rinse well, add sodium bicarbonate until foaming stops, then rinse again before returning CupriSorb to use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf the original colour cannot be restored after several acid washes, the spent resin can instead be regenerated using Seachem HyperSorb or Purigen, or simply discarded.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty, support and Australian notes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll statutory consumer guarantees under the Australian Consumer Law apply to this product in addition to any rights arising from your purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat does Seachem CupriSorb remove?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt removes all forms of copper, including chelated copper, plus nickel, zinc, cobalt, cadmium and manganese. Seachem has no data confirming effectiveness against other heavy metals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow much water will one 100 mL bag treat?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne 100 mL pre-bagged packet treats up to 60 US gallons (approximately 227 litres).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs Seachem CupriSorb safe with corals and invertebrates?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It does not release anything into the water, so it is compatible with all aquarium species. Avoid leaving it running permanently, as removing too much trace metal can affect coral colouration and invertebrate health.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow do I know when CupriSorb is exhausted?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe beads develop a pronounced deep blue-black colour when spent. Keep it in use for at least two weeks after a copper test shows a nil reading, since substrate can continue to leach copper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan CupriSorb be reused?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it can be regenerated repeatedly using a muriatic acid soak followed by a sodium bicarbonate rinse. If the colour will not restore after several washes, it can be regenerated as HyperSorb or Purigen, or discarded.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes it work in both freshwater and saltwater tanks?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Because CupriSorb is a chelating resin rather than a cation exchange resin, it remains effective in saltwater as well as freshwater.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242238034211,"sku":"AA3653","price":24.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/0205-cuprisorb-100-ml_cd7abf2d-073b-4b27-bf04-bd3069a105ab.png?v=1782710513"},{"product_id":"seachem-impulse-800-pump","title":"Seachem Impulse 800 Pump","description":"\u003cp\u003eReliable, energy-efficient flow for your aquarium.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Seachem Impulse 800 pump delivers dependable circulation or return flow with quiet, efficient operation and an adjustable output.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy aquarists pick it\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuiet, efficient water pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable flow output\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReliable continuous operation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuits circulation or return duty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGood to know:\u003c\/strong\u003e Match the pump to your tank size and plumbing — our North Lakes team can help.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Seachem\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel:\u003c\/strong\u003e Impulse 800\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Water pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e AA3064\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242253697315,"sku":"AA3064","price":209.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/6722-impulse-800-box-scaled.png?v=1782710513"},{"product_id":"seachem-nutridiet-cichlid-flakes-probiotic","title":"Seachem NutriDiet Cichlid Flakes Probiotic","description":"\u003cp\u003eA probiotic-rich everyday diet for healthier fish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeachem NutriDiet Cichlid Flakes (Probiotic) is a nutritious flake for cichlids, enhanced with GarlicGuard and probiotics to support digestion, immunity and vibrant colour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy aquarists feed it\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBalanced flake for cichlids\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProbiotics support gut health\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBoosts immunity and colour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHighly palatable everyday diet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGood to know:\u003c\/strong\u003e Feed only what your fish eat in a couple of minutes. Our North Lakes team can help.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Seachem\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15 g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fish food (flake)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e AA1787\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBarcode:\u003c\/strong\u003e 116107105\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"15g","offer_id":55242257498403,"sku":"AA1787","price":10.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"30g","offer_id":55335266484515,"sku":"AA0370","price":14.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"100g","offer_id":55335266517283,"sku":"AA0369","price":28.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/0703-cichlid-trace-500-ml-scaled.png?v=1782710515"},{"product_id":"seachem-tidal-35-hang-filter-up-to-130l","title":"Seachem Tidal 35 Hang-On Filter (up to 130L)","description":"\u003cp\u003eQuiet, refined hang-on filtration with a self-priming pump.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Seachem Tidal 35 hang-on filter (for tanks up to 130 L) draws water through a large media basket for strong mechanical, biological and chemical filtration, with a surface skimmer and easy maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy aquarists love it\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge media basket you fill your way\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilt-in surface skimmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelf-priming, quiet pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy, tool-free cleaning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGood to know:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sized for tanks up to 130 L — ask us about media options. Our North Lakes team can help.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Seachem\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aquariums up to 130 L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hang-on (HOB) filter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e AA2782\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242261037347,"sku":"AA2782","price":92.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/6581-tidal_35_box-scaled_b84bf2ef-5840-4005-886d-9f3f20bca447.png?v=1782710514"},{"product_id":"seachem-flourite-red-3-5kg","title":"Seachem Flourite Red 3.5kg","description":"\u003cp\u003eA premium clay gravel that fuels planted aquariums.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeachem Flourite Red is a stable, porous clay gravel that supports vigorous root growth in planted aquascapes — no chemical coating, never needs replacing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy aquascapers use it\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePorous clay substrate for roots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports vigorous plant growth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNever needs replacing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse alone or under other gravels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGood to know:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rinse gently and avoid stirring once planted to keep water clear. Our North Lakes team can help.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Seachem\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.5 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Planted aquarium substrate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e AA1077\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBarcode:\u003c\/strong\u003e 116371308\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242261299491,"sku":"AA1077","price":29.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/3713-flourite_red-3.5_kg-scaled-scaled.png?v=1782710515"},{"product_id":"seachem-ph-alkalinity-kit-75-tests","title":"Seachem pH \u0026 Alkalinity Kit 75 Tests","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA precise liquid test for the two numbers that matter most in a reef system: pH and total alkalinity.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Seachem MultiTest Marine pH \u0026amp; Alkalinity kit gives you over 75 tests from one kit, using liquid reagents and a colour chart calibrated specifically for marine and brackish water. It is not a freshwater kit — the colour range is built around the 7.80–8.70 pH band and the alkalinity levels typical of reef and marine systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e75+ tests per kit\u003c\/strong\u003e — two parameters, one box, no need to buy pH and alkalinity separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003epH range 7.80–8.70\u003c\/strong\u003e — read to 0.01 pH unit increments against the colour chart.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal alkalinity, 0.5 meq\/L resolution\u003c\/strong\u003e — measures carbonate, bicarbonate, borate and hydroxide content together as total alkalinity, with no fixed upper limit on range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReference samples included\u003c\/strong\u003e — check your own colour matching against a known reference before you trust a borderline reading.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5 cm viewing window\u003c\/strong\u003e — the colour chart is designed to isolate the sample colour from ambient light interference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMarine and brackish only\u003c\/strong\u003e — not formulated or calibrated for freshwater aquariums.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeachem\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMultiTest: Marine pH \u0026amp; Alkalinity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTests per kit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarine and brackish only — not for freshwater\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003epH range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.80–8.70\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003epH resolution\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.01 pH unit increments on the colour chart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAlkalinity range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 meq\/L upward, no fixed ceiling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAlkalinity resolution\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.5 meq\/L increments\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAlkalinity measured\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal alkalinity — carbonate, bicarbonate, borate and hydroxide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTest method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLiquid reagent, colour comparison against printed chart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAA1116\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBarcode\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e116094009\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarine pH reagent\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlkalinity reagent\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003epH and alkalinity reference solutions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlkalinity pipette and sample pipette\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStir rod\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour comparison chart with 5 cm viewing window\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMulti-cavity test plate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTarget ranges\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eParameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNatural seawater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReef target\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003epH\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.2–8.4 typical\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.2–8.4 (up to 8.6 with limewater\/kalkwasser dosing)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAlkalinity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–3 meq\/L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4–6 meq\/L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e reef tanks, FOWLR systems, brackish setups, anyone dosing kalkwasser, buffers or calcium and needing to track the knock-on effect on pH and alkalinity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e freshwater aquariums — the colour range and reagents are calibrated for marine chemistry and won't give a meaningful reading in freshwater. Use a freshwater-specific test kit instead.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eStore reagents away from direct sunlight and heat, and keep the cap on the reagent bottles between tests to protect shelf life. Rinse the test plate and pipettes after each use to avoid cross-contaminating future readings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Seachem's standard quality guarantee at the time of sale, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Ships as a standard parcel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use this kit on a freshwater tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This is the marine and brackish formulation — the reagents and colour chart are calibrated to the 7.80–8.70 pH band typical of saltwater, not freshwater ranges.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow many tests will I actually get from one kit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eSeachem states over 75 tests per kit, covering both pH and alkalinity across the reagents supplied.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat does “total alkalinity” mean here, versus just carbonate hardness?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eTotal alkalinity (KH) as measured by this kit includes the combined buffering contribution of carbonate, bicarbonate, borate and hydroxide — a fuller picture than a carbonate-only reading.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhy is there no upper limit on the alkalinity range?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe test works by titration in 0.5 meq\/L steps, so it can keep reading upward rather than being capped at a fixed maximum — useful if your alkalinity has drifted higher than expected.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I need a separate reference solution to trust my results?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot strictly, but the kit includes pH and alkalinity reference samples so you can validate your technique and colour perception against a known value before relying on a borderline reading.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242261397795,"sku":"AA1116","price":29.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/0940-mt-marine_ph__alkalinity-scaled.png?v=1782710543"},{"product_id":"seachem-nitirite-nitrate-kit-75-tests","title":"Seachem Nitrite \u0026 Nitrate Kit 75 Tests","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTwo of the most important numbers in a cycling or established tank, from one kit.\u003c\/strong\u003e Seachem MultiTest Nitrite \u0026amp; Nitrate covers both parameters in a single 75+ test kit, reading nitrite from 0–25 mg\/L (detecting below 0.1 mg\/L) and nitrate from 0–50 mg\/L (detecting below 0.2 mg\/L), in fresh or marine water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy test both together\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNitrite is the acute danger — it spikes during a tank's cycling phase and after a sudden bioload increase, and it's directly toxic to fish at low concentrations. Nitrate is the chronic, slow-building number that tells you how well water changes and filtration are keeping pace with waste. Testing only one gives half the picture; this kit reads both from the same test plate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOver 75 tests per kit\u003c\/strong\u003e — around 39c per test at full retail price.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNitrite range 0–25 mg\/L\u003c\/strong\u003e, detecting changes below 0.1 mg\/L.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNitrate range 0–50 mg\/L\u003c\/strong\u003e, detecting changes below 0.2 mg\/L, with colour-chart steps of 0.1–1 mg\/L.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSix-cavity test plate\u003c\/strong\u003e — compare up to six samples side by side.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReference sample included\u003c\/strong\u003e to check the kit is reading correctly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreshwater and marine\u003c\/strong\u003e — one kit for the whole store's tank types.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTests per kit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNitrite range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0–25 mg\/L, detects \u0026lt;0.1 mg\/L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNitrate range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0–50 mg\/L, detects \u0026lt;0.2 mg\/L, 0.1–1 mg\/L chart steps\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and marine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCost per test\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e39c per test\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU \/ Barcode\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAA1114 \/ 000116096003\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNitrite Reagent 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNitrate Reagent 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNitrate reference sample\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSample pipette and spoon\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNitrite\/nitrate colour chart\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMulti-cavity test plate and instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDirections\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDose a water sample with the nitrite reagent and read against the nitrite side of the colour chart, then dose a separate sample with the nitrate reagent and read against the nitrate side. Run the included reference sample alongside a tank sample whenever a result looks unexpectedly high or low, to confirm the kit itself is reading correctly. Store reagents cool and out of direct light between uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e new tanks being cycled, where nitrite is the number to watch daily, and established tanks tracking nitrate build-up between water changes. Works in both freshwater and marine setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e nitrate testing in heavily-stocked reef tanks running consistently near zero, where a lower-range, finer-resolution reef nitrate kit will read more precisely than this general-purpose kit's 0.1–1 mg\/L steps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep away from children. Handle reagents carefully and avoid skin and eye contact — rinse thoroughly with water if contact occurs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-multitest-ammonia-75-tests\"\u003eSeachem MultiTest Ammonia\u003c\/a\u003e — the third leg of the nitrogen cycle, and essential during tank cycling alongside nitrite.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-multitest-phosphate-75-tests\"\u003eSeachem MultiTest Phosphate\u003c\/a\u003e — rounds out a full nutrient picture for algae control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShips as a standard parcel. Store reagents cool and dark between uses. Covered by the consumer guarantees under Australian Consumer Law in addition to Seachem's own guarantee.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I need to test nitrite and nitrate separately, or does one test cover both?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey're separate readings from the same kit — dose one sample with the nitrite reagent and a second sample with the nitrate reagent, then read each against its own side of the colour chart.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhy is nitrite more urgent to watch than nitrate?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNitrite is directly toxic to fish at low concentrations and spikes suddenly during cycling or after a bioload increase. Nitrate builds up slowly and is managed with routine water changes rather than requiring an emergency response.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this kit accurate enough for a low-nutrient reef tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's a general-purpose kit with 0.1–1 mg\/L nitrate chart steps, which is coarser than dedicated low-range reef nitrate kits. It's well suited to fresh and marine tanks generally, but a reef-specific kit will read more precisely near zero.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow many tests do I actually get?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOver 75, at around 39c per test, covering both nitrite and nitrate readings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use this kit during fishless cycling?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — it's well suited to tracking the nitrite spike and the appearance of nitrate that marks a tank's nitrogen cycle progressing.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242264248611,"sku":"AA1114","price":29.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/0960-mt-nitrite__nitrate-scaled.png?v=1782710545"},{"product_id":"seachem-silicate-kit-75-tests","title":"Seachem Silicate Kit 75 tests","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTracks the silicate that feeds diatom algae in reef and freshwater tanks.\u003c\/strong\u003e Seachem's Silicate MultiTest kit uses a colour-comparison method and multi-cavity test plate, giving reef and freshwater keepers a way to check silicate before brown diatom films take hold.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e75+ tests per kit\u003c\/strong\u003e — works out to roughly 53c per test\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e0–25 mg\/L measuring range\u003c\/strong\u003e — covers everything from ultra-low reef targets to natural freshwater levels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFine resolution\u003c\/strong\u003e — detects colour changes in 0.1–1 mg\/L and 0.01–0.1 mg\/L increments, with a detection limit below 0.5 mg\/L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreshwater and marine suitable\u003c\/strong\u003e — one kit covers both reef and freshwater\/planted setups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMulti-cavity test plate\u003c\/strong\u003e — run up to six tests at once\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded reference sample\u003c\/strong\u003e — lets you check reagent accuracy is still reliable, not just learn the colour chart\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhy it matters\u003c\/strong\u003e — silicate is non-toxic to fish and invertebrates but feeds diatomaceous (brown) algae, so reef keepers keep it low to limit outbreaks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTests per kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOver 75\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMeasuring range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0–25 mg\/L silicate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResolution\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.1–1 mg\/L and 0.01–0.1 mg\/L increments on the colour chart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDetection limit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLess than 0.5 mg\/L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReagent type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLiquid reagents 1a, 1b, 2 and 3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and marine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKit format\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMulti-cavity test plate, up to 6 simultaneous tests\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncludes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReagents, reference sample, colour chart, cuvette, sample pipette, stir rod\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTarget silicate levels\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSetup type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGuidance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReef \/ marine aquarium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mg\/L or less, to minimise diatomaceous algae\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater aquarium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot considered critical; natural levels typically sit around 4–20 mg\/L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReef and marine aquarists monitoring silicate to control diatom outbreaks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFreshwater and planted tank keepers who want a baseline silicate reading\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone checking whether RO\/DI resin or a silicate-removing media is still working\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNot suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTesting other parameters such as phosphate or nitrate — separate Seachem MultiTest kits are needed for those\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAquarists wanting lab-grade ICP-level precision rather than a colour-comparison test\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDirections for use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdd an aquarium water sample to the multi-cavity test plate, then add reagents 1a, 1b, 2 and 3 in the order set out in the instructions packed with the kit. Let the reaction develop, then compare the colour against the printed colour chart or the reference sample to read off the silicate level in mg\/L.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStorage\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep reagents cool and out of direct light, as heat and light exposure can affect analytical reagents over time. Use the included reference sample periodically to confirm your reagents are still giving accurate results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit is covered by the consumer guarantees under Australian Consumer Law, in addition to any support Seachem provides for manufacturing defects. Contact us if you have any concerns about reagent performance or kit contents.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat does silicate cause in my tank\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSilicate itself is non-toxic to fish and invertebrates, but it feeds diatoms, the brown, dust-like algae that commonly appears on glass, sand and rock in newer marine setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes this kit work for both freshwater and saltwater\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Seachem's Silicate MultiTest is designed for both freshwater and marine aquariums.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhy is silicate less of a concern in freshwater tanks\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFreshwater silicate levels are naturally higher, typically around 4–20 mg\/L, and Seachem does not treat freshwater silicate as a critical parameter the way it is in reef systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow often should I test silicate\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReef keepers commonly test after water changes, when adding new sand, rock or media, or whenever a brown dusty film starts appearing on glass or substrate, since that film is usually diatom algae fed by silicate.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242264281379,"sku":"AA1112","price":39.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/0976-mt-silicate-scaled.png?v=1782710544"},{"product_id":"seachem-marine-buffer","title":"Seachem Marine Buffer","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLocks marine pH at a rock-steady 8.3 and won't push it any higher, even on an accidental overdose.\u003c\/strong\u003e Seachem Marine Buffer is a blend of sodium, magnesium, calcium, strontium and potassium carbonate, bicarbonate, chloride, sulphate and borate salts that raises and holds saltwater pH at the natural reef level of 8.3, adding roughly 1 meq\/L of alkalinity per standard dose. It's used both to bring a fresh saltwater mix up to pH, and for ongoing maintenance dosing afterwards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTargets pH 8.3 and self-limits\u003c\/strong\u003e — Seachem states it will not push pH above 8.3 even on an accidental overdose.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdds roughly 1 meq\/L of alkalinity\u003c\/strong\u003e alongside the pH lift, with every standard dose.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTreats saltwater for under 1c per litre\u003c\/strong\u003e on both pack sizes — see Cost per litre below.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDissolves fast\u003c\/strong\u003e when pre-mixed in freshwater before adding to the tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne dose rate for new mixes and maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e — only the frequency changes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBarcode\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLitres treated per pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCost per litre\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAA0849\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e000116034609\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,000 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eunder 1c per litre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAA0848\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e000116034302\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8,000 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eunder 1c per litre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eLitres treated calculated at Seachem's published maintenance dose of 5 g per 80 L.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDosage and directions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDissolve 5 g (one level teaspoon) in at least a cup of freshwater, then add per 80 L of tank water. For a new mix, dose daily until pH stabilises at 8.3 — usually within a week. After that, dose the same amount every two to four weeks to hold the level. Don't dose Marine Buffer directly alongside calcium, magnesium or strontium supplements — add them on alternate days, or at least 30 minutes apart.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeachem markets this as safe for reef aquariums. If a persistent cloudiness or precipitate lasts more than about 15 minutes after dosing, that's a sign the water's ionic balance is off — do a water change before dosing again rather than adding more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for FOWLR and reef marine tanks that need pH raised or held at 8.3. Not the right product for a tank under heavy biological acid load — Seachem's own guidance is that Reef Buffer is the better choice there. Not for freshwater use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/search?q=Seachem+Reef+Buffer\"\u003eSeachem Reef Buffer\u003c\/a\u003e — the stronger option for reef tanks with a heavy bioload.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/search?q=Seachem+Reef+Advantage+Calcium\"\u003eSeachem Reef Advantage Calcium\u003c\/a\u003e — dose on alternate days from this buffer, not at the same time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/search?q=marine+pH+test+kit\"\u003eA marine pH test kit\u003c\/a\u003e — confirm where your tank sits before dosing on a schedule.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by Seachem's standard product guarantee in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Ships as a standard parcel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I overdose this by accident?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeachem states Marine Buffer will not raise pH above 8.3, even if you add more than the recommended dose. It's designed to self-limit at that level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs it safe for a reef tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeachem markets it as reef safe. For tanks with a heavy biological acid load, Seachem's own advice is that Reef Buffer holds up better — Marine Buffer is the standard choice for most FOWLR and reef setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I dose it with my calcium supplement at the same time?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo — don't mix it directly with calcium, magnesium or strontium additives. Dose them on alternate days, or space doses at least 30 minutes apart.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I use the same dose for a new tank as for maintenance?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the dose rate doesn't change — 5 g per 80 L either way. What changes is frequency: daily while a new mix comes up to pH, then every two to four weeks once it's holding steady.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat if the water goes cloudy after dosing?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA little cloudiness that clears within about 15 minutes is normal. If it lingers longer than that, it's a sign of an ionic imbalance — do a water change before dosing again.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"250g","offer_id":55242264379683,"sku":"AA0849","price":25.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"500g","offer_id":55335266386211,"sku":"AA0848","price":28.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/0346-marine_buffer-250_g-scaled.png?v=1782710545"},{"product_id":"seachem-reef-fusion-1-500ml","title":"Seachem Reef Fusion 1 500ml","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKeeps reef aquarium calcium stable without daily guesswork.\u003c\/strong\u003e Seachem Reef Fusion 1 is the calcium and trace element half of Seachem's two-part Reef Fusion dosing system, designed to replace the calcium, strontium and other trace elements that corals, clams and coralline algae pull out of the water column as they grow. It is dosed alongside Reef Fusion 2 (the alkalinity and carbonate half) to hold both calcium and alkalinity in the range reef organisms need.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConcentrated liquid calcium and trace element supplement for reef aquariums, part 1 of a matched two-part system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEach dose contributes calcium plus biologically appropriate levels of magnesium, strontium, boron, iron, manganese and molybdenum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFormulated at a higher pH than typical calcium chloride supplements, which helps drive off ammonia from the mix\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCosts under 1c per litre of tank water at the standard dosing rate, worked out from the confirmed dose below\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePairs 1:1 with Reef Fusion 2 for balanced calcium and alkalinity maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeachem\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVolume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCalcium and trace element reef supplement (Part 1 of 2)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupplies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCalcium, plus magnesium, strontium, boron, iron, manganese and molybdenum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReef aquariums, dosed with Reef Fusion 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDosing rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL per 25 L every 1-2 days (maximum 4 mL per 25 L per day)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAA0853\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBarcode\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e000116120302\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for \/ not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for established reef and mixed reef aquariums housing corals, clams and other calcifying invertebrates where calcium and alkalinity are being tested and tracked. Not suitable for use without testing calcium and alkalinity first, since dosing blind can push levels outside the safe range. Not intended to be dosed on its own long-term - it is designed to be paired with Reef Fusion 2 so calcium and alkalinity rise together rather than drifting apart.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDosage and directions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShake well before use. Dose 1 mL of Reef Fusion 1 per 25 L (6.5 US gallons) of aquarium water every 1-2 days, added to a high-flow area of the tank. Wait several minutes, then dose Reef Fusion 2 separately at the same rate into a different part of the tank. Do not exceed 4 mL per 25 L of either product in a single day. Each standard dose contributes roughly 4 mg\/L of calcium; use test kit results to adjust frequency and volume so calcium stays around 410-430 mg\/L and alkalinity stays around 4-6 meq\/L.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCost per litre\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt the confirmed dosing rate of 1 mL per 25 L, a 500 mL bottle delivers 500 doses, each treating 25 L of system water - around 12,500 litres of dosed water across the life of the bottle. At $29.95 per 500 mL, that works out to under 1c per litre of tank water dosed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and safety notes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNever mix Reef Fusion 1 and Reef Fusion 2 concentrates together before adding them to the tank - dose them separately, a few minutes apart, into different areas of the aquarium to avoid the two reacting and precipitating in the bottle or in the water. Test calcium and alkalinity regularly and adjust the dose gradually rather than jumping straight to the maximum rate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReef Fusion 1 is designed to be dosed 1:1 with \u003cstrong\u003eReef Fusion 2\u003c\/strong\u003e, its alkalinity and carbonate counterpart, so the two elements are replenished together rather than drifting out of balance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by the standard consumer guarantees under Australian Consumer Law. Genuine Seachem stock held in Australia and shipped from Nick's Aquarium Oceanarium Terrarium in Brisbane\/North Lakes, QLD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use Reef Fusion 1 without Reef Fusion 2?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReef Fusion 1 raises calcium and trace elements on its own, but Seachem designs it to be dosed alongside Reef Fusion 2 so alkalinity keeps pace with calcium. Using Reef Fusion 1 alone for an extended period can let alkalinity fall behind calcium demand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eHow often should I test before adjusting the dose?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTest calcium and alkalinity at least weekly when starting a dosing routine, and more often in a heavily stocked or fast-growing reef tank, then adjust the dose gradually based on those results rather than the maximum rate on the label.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWill it cloud the water?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDosed correctly and separately from Reef Fusion 2 into a high-flow area, Reef Fusion 1 should not cloud the water. Cloudiness generally happens if the two parts are mixed directly together or if the dose is increased too quickly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs it reef-safe for clams and inverts?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it is formulated for reef aquariums containing corals, clams and other calcifying invertebrates, and is one of the main ways to supply the calcium those animals need to grow their shells and skeletons.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eHow long will a 500 mL bottle last?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThat depends on tank size and dosing frequency. At the standard rate of 1 mL per 25 L every 1-2 days, a 500 mL bottle provides roughly 500 doses, so a smaller reef tank dosed every second day will get considerably more use out of one bottle than a large, heavily stocked system dosed daily.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242264510755,"sku":"AA0853","price":29.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/1209-reef_fusion_1-4_l-scaled.png?v=1782710546"},{"product_id":"seachem-reef-fusion-2-500ml","title":"Seachem Reef Fusion 2 500ml","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuffers alkalinity so reef corals can build skeleton without swings.\u003c\/strong\u003e Seachem Reef Fusion 2 is the carbonate and bicarbonate half of Seachem's two-part reef dosing system, formulated to replace the carbonate hardness that corals, clams and coralline algae draw down as they grow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is designed to be dosed alongside Reef Fusion 1, the calcium and trace-element half of the same system, so calcium and alkalinity rise together in the ratio reef organisms need for consistent calcification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConcentrated blend of carbonates and bicarbonates that raises and buffers alkalinity without adding calcium directly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFormulated to be dosed daily or every second day, alongside Reef Fusion 1, at separate points in the tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e500 mL treats roughly 12,500 L of tank water at the standard dose, working out to under 1c per litre of system water dosed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuited to reef aquariums running hard corals, soft corals, clams and other calcifying invertebrates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeachem\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVolume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReef buffer supplement\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupplies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAlkalinity (carbonate and bicarbonate)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarine reef aquariums, paired with Reef Fusion 1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDosing rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL per 25 L every 1-2 days (max 4 mL per 25 L daily)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAA0854\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBarcode\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e000116121309\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for \/ not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for established reef aquariums running a two-part or three-part dosing regimen where alkalinity needs topping up between water changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot suitable for use without first testing tank alkalinity, since dosing without knowing your starting level can push it up too far, too fast. Not intended to be dosed alone on an ongoing basis; pair it with Reef Fusion 1 so calcium and carbonate hardness are raised together and stay in balance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDosage and directions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eStandard dose\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShake well, then add 1 mL of Reef Fusion 2 per 25 L (6.5 US gallons) of tank water, once every 1-2 days, to a high-flow area of the sump or display.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eMaximum dose\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not exceed 4 mL per 25 L in a single day, and do not raise alkalinity by more than 1 meq\/L in any 24 hour period.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCost per litre\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt the standard dose (1 mL per 25 L), a 500 mL bottle treats around 12,500 L of tank water, which works out to under 1c per litre of system water dosed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and safety notes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNever combine Reef Fusion 1 and Reef Fusion 2 concentrate directly; mixing the two concentrates together will cause them to cloud and precipitate. Dose each product a few minutes apart, at different points in the tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTest alkalinity regularly and aim to hold it between 4-6 meq\/L, adjusting dose size or frequency to match your corals' calcification demand rather than increasing the dose blindly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReef Fusion 2 is designed to be dosed alongside \u003cstrong\u003eSeachem Reef Fusion 1 (500 mL)\u003c\/strong\u003e, the calcium and trace-element half of the same two-part system, rather than used on its own long-term.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product is covered by the standard consumer guarantees under Australian Consumer Law. It is in stock in Australia and ships from our North Lakes, QLD warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use Reef Fusion 2 without Reef Fusion 1?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can dose Reef Fusion 2 alone if only your alkalinity is low, but Seachem designs the two products to be used together so calcium and carbonate hardness rise in balance. Dosing one without the other for extended periods can pull the two parameters out of the ratio corals need.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhy does alkalinity need to be dosed carefully?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRaising it too far or too fast can stress corals and, in tanks running high calcium, cause calcium carbonate to precipitate out of solution. Seachem recommends not raising alkalinity by more than 1 meq\/L in a 24 hour period, and testing before increasing the dose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill it cloud the water?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDosed at the recommended rate into a high-flow area, Reef Fusion 2 disperses without clouding. Adding it directly on top of Reef Fusion 1 concentrate, or dosing well above the stated rate, can cause temporary cloudiness or precipitation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs it reef-safe for clams and inverts?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Reef Fusion 2 is formulated for reef aquariums housing corals, clams and other calcifying invertebrates, the animals that draw carbonate hardness down as they build skeleton and shell.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow long will a 500 mL bottle last?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a 200 L system dosed at the standard rate (8 mL per dose, every 1-2 days), a 500 mL bottle will last roughly 2-4 months. Larger tanks or more frequent dosing will use it faster; test regularly and adjust accordingly.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242264543523,"sku":"AA0854","price":29.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/1219-reef_fusion_2-4_l-scaled.png?v=1782710547"},{"product_id":"seachem-reef-carbonate","title":"Seachem Reef Carbonate","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLiquid alkalinity, ready for a dosing pump.\u003c\/strong\u003e Seachem Reef Carbonate is a concentrated blend of carbonate and bicarbonate salts that restores and maintains alkalinity in the reef aquarium — in liquid form, so it mixes and doses cleanly through an automated system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRaises and maintains carbonate alkalinity (KH)\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLiquid concentrate\u003c\/strong\u003e — each mL supplies a minimum of 4 meq of alkalinity, so it doses and dissolves instantly, unlike a powder.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDosing-pump friendly\u003c\/strong\u003e — a continuous-drip formula is published for automated systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePairs with a calcium supplement\u003c\/strong\u003e such as Reef Complete for balanced reef chemistry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCosts under 1c per litre of tank water dosed\u003c\/strong\u003e at every pack size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePrice\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStandard dose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLitres this pack doses\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$9.95\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mL per 80 L, twice weekly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,600 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$9.75\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mL per 80 L, twice weekly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,000 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$19.95\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mL per 80 L, twice weekly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8,000 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTarget alkalinity is 3–6 meq\/L (8–17 dKH); Seachem states a practical minimum of 2 meq\/L.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for reef and marine aquariums needing steady carbonate alkalinity, especially where a dosing pump is already handling other supplements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot a calcium, magnesium or strontium source on its own.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot for freshwater aquariums.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDosage and directions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeginner dose: dilute 1 capful (5 mL) in freshwater and add per 80 L of system volume, twice weekly. Check alkalinity every fortnight. Each 5 mL\/80 L dose raises alkalinity by roughly 0.25 meq\/L; do not exceed 20 mL per 80 L in a single day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a continuous dosing pump, Seachem publishes the formula m = va\/4, where m is mL of Reef Carbonate, v is tank volume in litres and a is the meq\/L rise wanted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCost per litre at every pack size works out under 1c, calculated on the standard dose. The 100 mL bottle costs more per millilitre of product than the two larger sizes — buy the 250 mL or 500 mL bottle unless you only want to trial the product:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCost per litre dosed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnder 1c per litre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnder 1c per litre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnder 1c per litre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not mix directly with a calcium, magnesium or strontium supplement — dose on alternate days or space doses at least 30 minutes apart.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not exceed 20 mL per 80 L per day. Excess alkalinity can push calcium, magnesium and strontium out of solution.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA Safety Data Sheet is available from Seachem for handling and storage guidance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and storage\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the cap sealed between doses and store out of direct sunlight at room temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-reef-complete\"\u003eSeachem Reef Complete\u003c\/a\u003e — the calcium, magnesium and strontium side of reef chemistry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-reef-builder\"\u003eSeachem Reef Builder\u003c\/a\u003e — a powder alternative for dosing by hand rather than by pump.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by the manufacturer's standard warranty against defects, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard freight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs Reef Carbonate better than Reef Builder?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNeither is better outright — Reef Carbonate is a liquid, which suits dosing pumps and automated systems. Reef Builder is a powder, which is generally cheaper to buy in bulk if you're dosing by hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhich pack size should I buy?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 100 mL bottle is priced for trialling the product and costs more per millilitre than the larger sizes. If you already know you'll be dosing regularly, the 250 mL or 500 mL bottle works out cheaper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I dose it every day?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can, up to the daily maximum of 20 mL per 80 L, but test alkalinity regularly rather than dosing to a fixed schedule.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill this affect my calcium level?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot directly, but alkalinity and calcium interact — pushing alkalinity too high relative to calcium can cause calcium to drop out of solution, so dose both and test both.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"100ml","offer_id":55242264576291,"sku":"AA0845","price":9.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"250ml","offer_id":55335265992995,"sku":"AA0844","price":9.75,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"500ml","offer_id":55335266025763,"sku":"AA0843","price":19.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/0533-reef_plus-500_ml-scaled_bae72178-5910-4168-998c-f6208eaeae05.png?v=1782710546"},{"product_id":"seachem-reef-plus","title":"Seachem Reef Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeeds coral colour, polyp extension and filter feeders in one dose.\u003c\/strong\u003e Reef Plus is a comprehensive reef supplement from Seachem, combining trace elements, B-complex vitamins and amino acids in a single nitrate- and phosphate-free formula. It is designed to top up the trace nutrition that skimming, carbon and water changes strip out of a reef system, supporting healthy coral growth and colouration alongside filter-feeding invertebrates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable in five sizes from a 100ml trial bottle through to a 5ltr bulk pack, Reef Plus suits everything from a first nano reef to a large display system on a regular dosing routine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBroad trace element blend, including boron, iodine, iron, copper, zinc, manganese, bromide, cobalt, molybdenum, vanadium, nickel, tin and rubidium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eB-complex vitamins (B1, B2, B3, B5, B12), vitamin C, choline and inositol to support coral and invertebrate health\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAmino acids (arginine, glutamate, lysine and tyrosine) to support tissue growth and colouration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNitrate- and phosphate-free formula, so it does not directly fuel nuisance algae\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoubles as a food soak, mixed into food to boost the nutritional value of feeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeachem\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater treatment \/ reef supplement\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarine \/ reef\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFormat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLiquid supplement\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKey nutrients\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTrace elements, vitamins, amino acids\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNitrate\/phosphate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFree of both\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard dosing frequency\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwice weekly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStorage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRefrigerate after opening\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eVariant specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBarcode\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePrice\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100ml\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAA0796\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e000116053501\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$12.95\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250ml\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAA0795\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e000116053600\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$14.80\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500ml\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAA0794\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e000116053303\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$29.95\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1ltr\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBA9070\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot assigned\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$75.95\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5ltr\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBA9071\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot assigned\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$276.00\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich size do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReef Plus is dosed in very small amounts relative to tank volume, so every size in the range works out to a fraction of a cent per litre of water treated over the life of the bottle. The table below shows how many litres of system water each size doses out, based on the standard rate of 5ml per 80L twice weekly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePrice\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLitres treated\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCost per litre\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100ml\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$12.95\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,600L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eunder 1c per litre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250ml\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$14.80\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,000L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eunder 1c per litre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500ml\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$29.95\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8,000L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eunder 1c per litre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1ltr\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$75.95\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16,000L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eunder 1c per litre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5ltr\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$276.00\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80,000L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eunder 1c per litre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause all five sizes land under one cent per litre, cost per millilitre is the more useful comparison for value: the 5ltr pack is the most economical per ml, followed by the 250ml and 500ml sizes, with the 1ltr and 100ml sizes costing more per ml. As a rough guide, the 100ml bottle suits a nano reef or a trial run, 250ml and 500ml cover most home reef tanks, and the 1ltr and 5ltr sizes suit larger systems or a household running more than one reef tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for \/ not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for established marine reef aquariums housing corals (soft, LPS and SPS), clams and other filter-feeding invertebrates that benefit from supplemental trace nutrition. Not a substitute for regular water changes, core calcium and alkalinity dosing, or for freshwater aquariums, which do not need a marine trace\/vitamin supplement. Best used alongside a basic reef test kit so dosing can be adjusted to what the tank actually needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDosage and directions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse 1 capful (5ml) for each 80L (20 US gallons) of system water, twice a week, or as required to maintain coral growth and colour. Reef Plus can also be used as a food soak by mixing around 1ml into roughly 15ml (about a tablespoon) of food before feeding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTurn off ozone generators while dosing, as the vitamins and amino acids in Reef Plus are reducing agents that ozone will break down. A protein skimmer will remove some of the dosed organics, which is already factored into the standard twice-weekly rate. Refrigerate after opening to maintain potency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReef Plus covers trace elements, vitamins and amino acids rather than bulk reef chemistry, so it pairs well with a two-part calcium and alkalinity dosing system for core parameters, and with a basic reef test kit (iodine, calcium, alkalinity) to confirm dosing is on track rather than guessing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by Australian Consumer Law guarantees against faulty or not-as-described goods. Dispatched from our North Lakes, Brisbane warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhich Reef Plus size is the best value?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePer millilitre, the 5ltr pack is the cheapest, followed by 250ml and 500ml. The 1ltr and 100ml sizes cost more per ml but suit lower dosing volumes or trying the product before committing to a larger size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I dose Reef Plus and a two-part alkalinity\/calcium supplement on the same day?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeachem has not published a restriction against it, but as general good practice with any reef additive, many reefkeepers stagger different supplements across the week rather than dosing everything at once, making it easier to track how the tank responds to each one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill it affect skimmer performance?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA protein skimmer will remove some of the dosed vitamins and amino acids, but Seachem's standard twice-weekly dose rate already accounts for this, so no dosing adjustment is needed for a tank running a skimmer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs Reef Plus suitable for clams and other invertebrates?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Reef Plus is formulated as a general reef supplement to support corals and filter-feeding invertebrates such as clams, dosed according to label directions and adjusted to the tank's response.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow long does an opened bottle last?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRefrigerate Reef Plus after opening; stored this way it maintains quality for roughly 6 to 12 months.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use Reef Plus in a freshwater aquarium?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, Reef Plus is formulated for marine and reef systems only.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"100ml","offer_id":55242264969507,"sku":"AA0796","price":12.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"250ml","offer_id":55335265829155,"sku":"AA0795","price":14.8,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"500ml","offer_id":55335265861923,"sku":"AA0794","price":29.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1ltr","offer_id":55335265894691,"sku":"BA9070","price":75.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5ltr","offer_id":55335265927459,"sku":"BA9071","price":276.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/0533-reef_plus-500_ml-scaled_6e5723e9-86bb-4873-a6a2-d3bbe8cb924b.png?v=1782710575"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/collections\/0960-mt-nitrite__nitrate-scaled_83611035-936b-457c-8a9e-5040c63a0d94.png?v=1782734150","url":"https:\/\/nicksaquariumoceanariumterrarium.com.au\/collections\/seachem.oembed?page=2","provider":"Nicks Aquarium Oceanarium Terrarium","version":"1.0","type":"link"}